UNCLASSIFIED

R E S f l H C T E D
DEPARTMENT O F THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL
8-INC H
H OWIT ZE R M2
C AR R IAGE Ml ,
MOUNT M17
AND
H E AVY C AR R IAGE
LIMBE R M5
REGRADEO UNCLASSIF IED BY
' OF BOD D IR . 5200. 1 R
BY.
R E S IMT OD
9-335,
C 3,
3 9-335-4, JO
OR D 65,
3 30
25!, 5 280,
285, 309,
OR D -F E 38, 23
8 - INC H
H OWIT ZE R
C AR R IAGE MOUNT M17
AND
H E AVY C AR R IAGE
LIMBE R M5
MAY 1947
WAR D E PAR T ME NT
Washington 25, D . C . , 1 May 1947
T M 9-335, 8-inch H owitzer M2; C arriage Ml ; Mount M17;
and H eavy C arriage Limber M5, is publ ished f or the inf ormation
and guidance of al l concerned.
T he material in this manual is correct as of 30 January 1947.
[AG 300. 7 (27 S ept 44)]
BY OR D E R OF T H E S E C R E T AR Y OF WAR :
OF F IC IAL: D WIGH T D . E IS E NH OWE R
E D WAR D F . WIT S E LL
D IS T R IBUT ION :
AAP (5); AGF (2) ; T (10); D ept (5) ; Arm & S v Bd (1);
T ech S v (2); F C (1); PE (Ord 0) (5) ; E stabl ishments 9
(3); D ist 9 (3); Gen & S p S v S ch (5) ; A (ZI) (10),
(Overseas) (3); C H Q (2); D (2). One (1) copy to each of
the f ol l owing T /0 & E ' s: 6-359; 6-365; 6-367; 9-7; 9-9;
9-65; 9-67; 9-76; 9-315; 9-318.
F or expl anation of distribution f ormul a, see F M 21-6.
ii
CO NTENTS
PART O NE. INTRO DUCTIO N.
Paragraphs Page
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1
//. D escription and data. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3
PART TWO . O PERATING INSTRUCTIO NS.
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 16
S ervice upon receipt of equipment 8-10 16
y. C ontrol s and instruments. . . . . . . . 11-17 17
Operation under usual conditions. 18-23 27
Operation under unusual conditions 24-27 40
D emol ition to prevent enemy use;. 28-29 43
PART THREE. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIO NS.
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31 46
Organizational spare parts, tool s,
and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-33 46
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-36 64
Preventive maintenance service. . . 37-40 74
Mal f unctions and corrections. . . . . 41 54 87
T ube and breech ring. . . . . . . . . . . . 55-56 92
Breech mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57-60 94
F iring mechanism Ml and percus
sion mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-66 109
C ounterbal ance assembl y . . . . . . . . 67-70 116
R ecoil mechanism and cradl e. . . . . . 71-72 117
E quil ibrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73-74 126
E l evating mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . 75-76 130
T raversing mechanism . . . . . . . . . . 77-78 131
Bogie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 133
Wheel s and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-85 134
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-87 140
H eavy carriage l imber M5. . . . . . . 88-89 146
PART F O UR. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT.
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 147
Ammunition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-100 147
S ighting and f ire control
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101-109 168
S ubcal iber equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 110-118 189
APPENDIX I. STO RAGE AND SHIPMENT. ........................... 209
II. REF ERENCES...................................... 224
INDEX......................................................... 228
iii
PART O NE
INTRO DUCTIO N
Section I. GENERAL
1. Scope
T his manual is publ ished f or the inf ormation of the using
arms and services. It contains technical inf ormation required f or
the identif ication, use, and care of the 8-inch howitzer M2, carriage
Ml , heavy carriage l imber M5, and-mount M17, and of ammuni
tion and accessory equipment.
In al l cases where the nature of the repair, modif ication, or
adjustment is beyond the scope or f acil ities of the unit, inf orm the
responsibl e ordnance service so that trained personnel with suit
abl e tool s and equipment may be provided, or proper instructions
issued.
2. Records
AR T ILLE R Y GUN BOOK. (1) T he Artil l ery Gun Book (0. 0.
F orm 5825) is used to keep an accurate record of the materiel . It
must al ways remain with the materiel regardl ess of where it may
be sent. T he book is divided as f ol l ows: record of assignment,
battery commander' s dail y gun record; and inspector' s record of
examination. It must contain the date of issuance of the materiel ,
by whom used, and the pl ace where issued.
(2) T his book shoul d be in the possession of the organization
at al l times, and its compl eteness of records and . its whereabouts
are the responsibil ity of the battery commander. If a new howitzer
is instal l ed on the carriage, al l data recorded in the ol d book with
ref erence to sights, mounts, etc. , must be copied into the new
book bef ore the ol d book is rel inquished.
R ecord of assignment data must be removed and destroyed prior to
entering combat.
(3) When a gun book f or a weapon has been l ost and every
ef f ort to obtain the original gun book has been to no avail , the
supporting ordnance maintenance unit wil l prepare a new gun
book l isting such inf ormation as they may be abl e to obtain f rom
any source and estimate the number of rounds f ired f rom the
weapon. T he number of rounds entered in the new gun book shoul d
be cl earl y indicated as an estimated number of rounds f ired.
Inquiries concerning l ost gun books shoul d al so be f orwarded to
the Of f ice, C hief of Ordnance, F iel d S ervice, Maintenance D ivision,
Artil l ery Branch, Washington 25, D . C .
(4) When an Artil l ery Gun Book has become separated f rom
the weapon to which it pertains and ef f orts to l ocate the weapon
have f ail ed, f orward the gun book immediatel y to the Of f ice, C hief
of Ordnance, F iel d S ervice, Maintenance D ivision, Artil l ery
Branch, Washington 25, D . C .
(5) C ompl ete instructions on how to make entries in the Artil
l ery Gun Book are contained therein. It is absol utel y essential
that the gun book entries be kept compl ete and up to date. In order
to f acil itate proper maintenance of the howitzer and its rel ated
materiel (that is, carriage, recoil mechanism, and associated f ire
control equipment) and to avoid unnecessary dupl ication of repairs
and maintenance, make the f ol l owing additional entries in the
gun book:
(a) T his
record shoul d show the date on which the modif ication was com
pl eted and bear the signature of the of f icer or mechanic responsibl e
f or the compl etion.
(6)
T his record shoul d be suf f icientl y detail ed to prevent dupl ication
and af f ord proper identif ication by the inspector.
6. F IE LD R E POR T OF AC C ID E NT S . When an accident invol ving
ammunition occurs during practice, the incident wil l be reported
as prescribed in AR 750-10 by the ordnance of f icer under whose
supervision the ammunition is maintained or issued.
UNS AT IS F AC T OR Y E QUIPME NT R E POR T . S uggestions f or im
provement in design, maintenance, saf ety, and ef f iciency of opera
tion, prompted by chronic f ail ure or mal f unction of the weapon,
spare parts, or equipment, shoul d be reported on WD AGO F orm
468 (Unsatisf actory E quipment R eport) with al l pertinent in
f ormation necessary to initiate corrective action. F orward the
report to the Of f ice, C hief of Ordnance, F iel d S ervice, Mainte
nance D ivision, through technical channel s in accordance with in-
struction No. 7 on the f orm. If WD AGO F orm 468 is not avail
abl e, ref er to T M 37-250 f or l ist of data required on Unsatis
f actory E quipment R eport.
R E POR T S ON NE OPBE NE GAS C H E C K PAD S . S ubmit periodic
reports on the operation, maintenance, serviceabil ity, and mal
f unctioning of the Neoprene gas check pads through technical
channel s to Of f ice, C hief of Ordnance, Attention: OR D F M.
Section II. DESCRIPTIO N AND DATA
3. General
T he 8-inch howitzer M2 on carriage Ml is a heavy f iel d
weapon, util izing the two-wheel , singl e-axl e l imber M5 and an
eight-wheel , two-axl e bogie f or supporting the weight whil e
travel ing (f ig. 1). T he carriage is l owered to the ground and the
bogie may be detached and rol l ed aside. When in travel ing posi
tion, the trail ends of the carriage are attached to heavy carriage
l imber M5 (f igs. 1 and 2), or it can be towed without a l imber by
means of a special prime mover with a goose-neck attachment.
When empl aced, removabl e spades are instal l ed on the carriage
and on the rear ends of the trail s (f ig. 3). T he recoil mechanism is
of the hydropneumatic type with a variabl e recoil f eature to
ef f ect dif f erent l engths of recoil at various degrees of el evation.
Air brakes are provided f or use during transit; the hand brakes
on the f ront bogie wheel s are appl ied when the weapon is parked
(f ig. 1). S eparate-l oading ammunition is used and is hand-rammed.
E
Q
U
I
L
I
B
R
A
T
O
R

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
I
E
S

.
Q
U
A
D
R
A
N
T

M
O
U
N
T
,

M
l
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
N
G

H
A
N
D
W
H
E
E
L
B
R
E
E
C
H

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

F
R
O
N
T

S
P
A
D
E
S
B
O
G
I
E

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

S
C
R
E
W

W
R
E
N
C
H
H
A
N
D

B
R
A
K
E

L
E
V
E
R
R
A

P
D

1
1
O
9
4
6
8
;
O
o
S
'

e
s

S
-
S
-
o

S
H
O
W
I
T
Z
E
R

C
O
V
E
R

(
O
V
E
R
-
A
L
L
)

-

D
9
H
0
3

i
M
U
Z
Z
L
E

C
O
V
E
R
\
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
6
9
8
i
n
I
sO
o
-
s
;
3
.
W
I

3
-

a

o
E
Q
U
I
L
I
B
R
A
T
O
R
S
,
T
R
U
N
N
I
O
N

C
A
P

C
O
U
N
T
E
R
B
A
L
A
N
C
E
T
O
P

C
A
R
R
I
A
G
E
B
O
G
I
E

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M
B
R
E
E
C
H

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

L
A
N
Y
A
R
D

L
E
F
T

T
R
A
I
L
B
O
T
T
O
M

C
A
R
R
I
A
G
E

L
E
V
A
T
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

:
R
O
N
T

S
P
A
D
E
R
A

P
D

1
0
8
5
3
4
6. T he 8-inch howitzer M2 on mount M17, mounted on the
howitzer motor carriage M43 (f igs. 4 and 5), is a sel f -propel l ed
weapon empl oyed against empl aced artil l ery and other ground
objectives. T he mount M17 is l ocated in the f ighting compartment
of the howitzer motor carriage M43, and is til ted 5 degrees f or
ward to permit the 5-degree angl e of depression. A stop attached
to the el evating arc l imits the el evation. S tops are al so added to
the traversing arc to l imit the traverse. T he el evating mechanism
cl utch l ever is f itted with a f oot control l ever assembl y to rel ease
the el evating mechanism brake. T he panoramic tel escope mount
M18A1 and the direct-f ire tel escope mount M75 are instal l ed on
the l ef t trunnion. T he el bow tel escope mount M71 and the quadrant
mount Ml are instal l ed on the right trunnion. In other respects
the top carriage of the mount is identical with that of the f iel d
carriage. T he l ower part of the mount is a pedestal in pl ace of the
bottom carriage on the f iel d carriage.
4. Identification Information
S E R IAL NUMBE R S . T he serial numbers l isted bel ow are re
quired f or records concerning the components of this materiel .
H OWIT ZE R S E R IAL NUMBE R . T his number is stamped on the
breech ring (f ig. 6).
R E C OIL ME C H ANIS M S E R IAL NUMBE R . T his number appears
on a brass pl ate on the right side of the recoil mechanism (f ig. 7).
C AR R IAGE (OR MOUNT ) S E R IAL NUMBE R . T his number ap
pears on a brass pl ate on right side of top carriage, just bel ow
trunnion bearing (f ig. 8).
E QUILIBR AT OR S E R IAL NUMBE R . T his number appears on
f ront head of equil ibrator (f ig. 9).
/. LIMBE R S E R IAL NUMBE R . T his number appears' on a name
pl ate attached to l imber l if t bracket (f ig. 10).
8
RA PD 107700
KA PD 107981
(2000 P^J.
E A PD 107982
H A PD 107083
10
< 1
R A PD 107984
. . . . . ,
LIMBER NAMEPLATE
RA PD 102394
11
5. Differences in Models
T here are no dif f erences among model s which wil l af f ect troop
use or care of the materiel . T he onl y dif f erences are between the
recoil mechanism M4 (and M4A1) and M23. T he l ugs on the
cradl e f ront yoke of the recoil mechanism M4 have been removed
and cradl e travel ing l ocks have been provided f or use on the
howitzer motor carriage M43. T he recoil mechanism M23 cannot
be used on the heavy f iel d carriage. C onversel y, the recoil mech
anism M4 (and M4A1) cannot be used on the motor carriage.
6. Tabulated Data
D AT A PE R T AINING T O 8-l NC H H OWIT ZE R M2. (1)
Weight of :
H owitzer (compl ete with breech mechanism). . . . 10,240 Ib
Breech mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Ib
T ube assembl y (barrel ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,835 Ib
T ipping parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (approx) 14,200 Ib
Length of :
H owitzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209. 6 in.
T ube (muzzl e to rear f ace of breech ring). . . . . . . . 202. 5 in.
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (200 in. ) 25 cal .
R if l ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164. 8 in.
T ype of :
Breechbl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interrupted screw
F iring mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Percussion hammer
Ammunition. . F or compl ete ammunition data, see section XXVII
(2)
Muzzl e vel ocity (average vel ocity with a new howitzer) :
S hel l H E (maximum zone charge). . . . . . . . . . 1,950 f t per sec
R ange (maximum) :
H E S hel l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18,510 yd
R ate of f ire:
Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 round per 2 min
Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 round per min
Maximum number of rounds which may be f ired consecutivel y
at maximum rate bef ore cool ing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Maximum powder pressure permitted. . . . . . . 33,000 Ib per sq in.
Average accuracy l if e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,600 rounds
12
6. D AT A PE R T AINING T O C AR R IAGE Ml AND MOUNT M17. (1)
T ime to empl ace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 6 hr
Weights:
H owitzer and carriage or mount (f ir
ing position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,700 Ib 83,000 Ib
H owitzer and carriage, compl ete with
accessories (travel ing position). . . . 32,000 Ib 83,000 Ib
Bogie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,375 Ib
D imensions in travel ing position (over-al l ) :
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (approx) 36 f t 24 f t
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987/8 in. 124 in.
H eight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 in. 130 in.
Minimum road cl earance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12!/2 in- 19 in-
T urning radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 f t
T owed by:
With l imber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-ton, high-speed tractor M4
Without l imber. . . . . . . . . S emitrail ed by 7^-ton, 6x6 truck
R ecoil mechanisms M4, M4A1, and M23:
Maximum al l owabl e recoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 in.
E l evation at which maximum recoil occurs:
Normal charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 mil s (approx)
S upercharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 to 425 mil s
Normal recoil at 375 mil s (approx) el evation (normal
charge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 in.
R ecoil at 300 to 425 mil s el evation (supercharge). . . . 67 in.
T ype of recoil mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H ydropneumatic
T ype of equil ibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (approx) 3,925 Ib
T ires:
T ype and size (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 20, standard
T ype and size (tubes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 20, standard
Air pressure (bogie assembl y tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 psi
T ype of brakes. . . . . . . . Mechanical , air or manual l y operated
Wheel base of bogie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 in.
T read:
Over-al l width:
C enter-to-center of inside bogie wheel s. . . . . . . . 101 in.
C enter-to-center of outside bogie wheel s. . . . . . . 89 in.
910712 O 50 2
13
(2)
Limits of el evation:
Maximum . . . . . 65 deg or 1,156 mil s 52 deg or 923 mil s
D epression . . . . Minus 2 deg or minus Minus 5 deg or
35. 5 mil s minus 88. 7 mil s
Limits of traverse. . 30 deg or 533 mil s, 18 deg or 319. 5 mil s
right or l ef t right; 16 deg or
284 mil s l ef t
E l evation per turn of
handwheel . . . . . . 13. 10 mil s 13. 10 mil s
D iameter of circl e of
empl acement . . . . 37 f t
T raverse per turn of
handwheel . . . . . . 10 mil s 10 mil s
(3)
R ecoil oil :
T ype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S ee WD LO 9-335
Oil required to f il l recoil mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 gal
R eserve in repl enisher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pt
R eserve in recuperator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pt
D AT A PE R T AINING T O LIMBE R M5.
Width (over-al l ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 in.
Width of tread, center-to-center of wheel s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 in.
H eight of l unette (l imbered position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211/4 in.
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (approx) 2,300 Ib
T ires:
T ype and size (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 20, standard
T ype and size (tubes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 x 20, standard
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Ib
LIS T OF S IGH T ING E QUIPME NT .
C H E S T , l ighting equipment, M21
C OVE R , aiming post, M401
LIGH T , aiming post, M14 (with green f il ter)
LIGH T , aiming post, M14 (with red f il ter)
LIGH T , instrument, M12 (f or quadrant mount Ml and general
l ighting)
LIGH T , instrument, M19 (f or panoramic tel escope M12)
LIGH T , instrument, M33 (f or tel escope mount M75)
LIGH T , instrument, M36 (f or tel escope mount M71)
MOUNT , quadrant, Ml
MOUNT , tel escope, M18A1 (f or carriage Ml onl y)
MOUNT , tel escope, M71 (f or mount M17 onl y)
MOUNT , tel escope, M75 (f or mount M17 onl y)
14
PE R IS C OPE , M13 or M6 (substitute)
POS T , aiming, Ml
QUAD R ANT , gunner' s, Ml (mil s)
S IGH T , bore, breech
S IGH T , bore, muzzl e
T AR GE T , testing
T E LE S C OPE , M69G (f or mount M17 onl y)
T E LE S C OPE , el bow, M16A1G (f or mount M17 onl y)
T E LE S C OPE , panoramic, M12
LIS T OF F IR E C ONT R OL E QUIPME NT .
BINOC ULAR , M13
BOAR D , pl otting, M5
BOAR D , pl otting, sound ranging, Ml , compl ete
C IR C LE , aiming, Ml , compl ete
C OR R E C T OR , wind, sound ranging, Ml
INS T R UME NT , azimuth, Ml , compl ete
or
INS T R UME NT , spotting, M2
S E T T E R , f uze, M14
S E T T E R , f uze, hand, M23
T ABLE , f iring, 8-K-l
T ABLE , f iring, graphical , M8 (short range)
T ABLE , f iring, graphical , M17 (l ong range)
T ABLE , f iring, graphical , M33
T E LE S C OPE , B. C . , M65, compl ete
T E LE S C OPE , observation, M13, compl ete
T H E R MOME T E R , powder temperature, Ml , w/case compl ete
WAT C H , pocket, 15 or more jewel , compl ete
WAT C H , stop, type B, cl ass 15
WAT C H , wrist, 7-jewel , compl ete
/. D AT A PE R T AINING T O S UBC ALIBE R E QUIPME NT (GUN M1916
AND MOUNT M10). (1)
Weight of gun and mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Ib
Length of bore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 13 in.
C al iber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-mm
T ype of breechbl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E ccentric screw
T ype of f iring mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T rigger
T ype of recoil mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H ydrospring
Maximum al l owabl e recoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 to 10 in.
Ammunition. . F or compl ete ammunition data, see section XXVII
(2)
Maximum rate of f ire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 rounds per min
R ange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,900 yd
Muzzl e vel ocity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,276 f t per sec
15
PART TWO
O PERATING INSTRUCTIO NS
Section III. GENERAL
7. Scope
Part two contains inf ormation f or the guidance of the personnel
responsibl e f or the operation of this equipment. It contains
inf ormation on the operation of the equipment with the descrip
tion and l ocation of the control s and instruments.
Section IV. SERVICE UPO N RECEIPT O F EQUIPMENT
8. General
Upon the receipt of new or used materiel , it is the respon
sibil ity of the of f icer in charge. to ascertain whether it is compl ete
and in sound operating condition. A record shoul d be made of
any missing parts and of any mal f unctions, and any such condi
tions shoul d be corrected as quickl y as possibl e.
6. Attention shoul d be given to smal l and minor parts, as these
are the more l ikel y to become l ost and may seriousl y af f ect the
proper f unctioning of the materiel .
T he materiel shoul d be prepared f or service in accordance
with instructions given in paragraphs 9 or 10.
9. New Equipment
D isassembl e the breech mechanism and soak the parts (ex
cept the gas check pad) in dry cl eaning sol vent whil e the bore and
breech ring are being cl eaned. C l ean bore with a wooden scraper
to remove most of the corrosion preventive bef ore using dry
cl eaning sol vent. Af ter the bul k of the corrosion preventive has
been removed f rom the bore, run cl oths soaked in dry cl eaning
sol vent through the bore until al l the corrosion preventive has
been removed. C l ean the breech mechanism parts thoroughl y and
l ubricate the tube and breech mechanism.
Al l l ubricating f ittings shoul d be properl y identif ied with red
circl es approximatel y % inch in diameter, but the f ittings, oil
cups, and oil hol es themsel ves shoul d not be painted over. Bearing
and sl iding surf aces, hinged joints, l atches, and other movabl e
parts shoul d be cl ean and f ree f rom rust and other f oreign matter,
and properl y l ubricated.
16
c. Lubricate the materiel in accordance with section XI.
Inspect f or broken or missing parts.
Open and cl ose breech.
/. T he recoil mechanism f il l ing pl ug shoul d be painted green to
indicate that the mechanism is f il l ed with recoil oil (special ).
Inspect al l operating parts f or smoothness of operation.
C heck f iring mechanism f or proper f unctioning. If adjust
ment is necessary, ref er to section XVI.
E l evate and traverse the weapon throughout its compl ete
range to determine smoothness of operation. R eport binding,
backl ash in excess of Vf c inch, or l ooseness of mountings to ord
nance maintenance personnel . If el evating or traversing mech
anism may be moved without rel easing el evating cl utch or
traversing brake, notif y ordnance maintenance personnel .
E xamine the howitzer and mount f or general appearance. If
the paint has deteriorated or become damaged, l eaving exposed
portions of bare metal , the materiel shoul d be repainted.
C heck operation of al l sighting and f ire control equipment.
C heck f or missing spare parts and equipment, and repl ace
shortages.
10. Used Equipment
T he services required to insure that Used materiel . is in operating
condition are identical with the services l isted f or new materiel in
paragraph 9, except f or the f ol l owing additional points:
D uring disassembl y of the breech mechanism and the breech
mechanism parts, examine al l parts cl osel y f or signs of wear. If
wear appears to be excessive, repl ace doubtf ul parts with new ones,
or with parts that are decl ared usabl e by ordnance maintenance
personnel .
6. E xamine the Artil l ery Gun Book (0. 0. F orm 5825) to make
sure that this record has been kept up to date and that al l entries
have been properl y made. D etermine whether al l War D epartment
Modif ication Work Orders have been appl ied.
Section V. CO NTRO LS AND INSTRUMENTS
11. Elevating Mechanism
a. E LE VAT ING H AND WH E E L. T he el evating handwheel , on the
right side of the carriage or mount (f ig. 11), el evates or de
presses the weapon when rotated with the el evating mechanism
cl utch l ever rel eased.
17
E LE VAT ING ME C H ANIS M C LUT C H LE VE R . T he purpose of the
el evating mechanism cl utch l ever, on the right side of the car
riage (f ig. 11), is to rel ease the brake which l ocks the el evating
mechanism. T he cl utch l ever is depressed to rel ease the brake.
C LUT C H LE VE R PE D AL PLAT E . T he el evating mechanism
cl utch l ever pedal pl ate is connected to the cl utch l ever on the
right side of the mount (f ig. 12) and serves to rel ease the brake
which l ocks the el evating mechanism. T he pedal pl ate is depressed
to rel ease the brake.
ELEVATING HANDWHEEL
ELEVATING ARC ELEVATING MECHANISM CLUTCH LEVER
RA PD 107701
18
f
8s
-
.
I
T
R
A
V
E
R
S
I
N
G
?

-
\
T
R
A
V
E
R
S
I
N
G

H
A
N
D
W
H
E
E
U
U

/
J
B
R
A
K
E

H
A
N
D
L
E
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
N
G

H
A
N
D
W
H
E
E
L
v
C
R
A
D
L
E

T
R
A
V
E
L
I
N
G

L
O
C
K
S
C
L
U
T
C
H

L
E
V
E
R

P
E
D
A
L

P
L
A
T
E
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
7
2
5
12. Traversing Mechanism
T R AVE R S ING H AND WH E E L. T he traversing handwheel , l o
cated on the l ef t side of the carriage or mount (f ig. 13), traverses
the weapon. T he handwheel is turned af ter the traversing mecha
nism has been rel eased by l oosening the traversing brake.
T R AVE R S ING BR AKE H AND LE . R otating the traversing brake
handl e countercl ockwise (f ig. 13) rel eases the traversing mecha
nism.
TRAVERSING;
HANDWHEEL \
TRAVERSING
BRAKE HANDLE
RA PD 89777
13. Traveling Locks (Applies to Motor Carriage O nly)
H OWIT ZE R T R AVE LING LOC K. T he howitzer travel ing l ock
is l ocated in f ront of the hatches on top of the carriage hul l (f ig.
14) and serves to l ock the howitzer in travel ing position.
C R AD LE T R AVE LING LOC KS . T he cradl e travel ing l ocks are
l ocated on the l ef t and right sides of the pl atf orm (f ig. 12) and
serve to l ock the cradl e in travel ing position.
LOAD ING PLAT F OR M LOC KING PINS . T hese l ock pins are
chained to the rear sides of the carriage, near the top (f ig. 15)
and serve to hol d the pl atf orm in travel ing position.
S PAD E S UPPOR T ING AR M LOC KING PINS . T hese l ock pins
are chained to the rear sides of the carriage (f ig. 15) and serve
to hol d the supporting arms and spade in travel ing position.
WINC H R AT C H E T C R ANK. T his crank is l ocated in l ef t rear
corner of carriage (f ig. 16) and serves to rel ease the spade with
out shock f rom the travel ing position, or to raise it f rom f iring
position.
/. C R ANK BR AKE LE VE R . T his l ever is l ocated near the crank
(f ig. 16) and serves to brake the winch ratchet mechanism when
l owering the pl atf orm.
20
U
P
P
E
R

H
A
L
F

C
O
L
L
A
R
L
O
W
E
R

H
A
L
F

C
O
L
L
A
R
I
s
-
c
a

^
H
O
W
I
T
Z
E
R

T
R
A
V
E
L
I
N
G

L
O
C
K
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
7
2
4
K
i
LOCKING PIN]
FOR LOADING
PLATFORM]
[LOCKING PIN
,\ fOR SPADE
[SUPPORTING ARM
LOADING PLATFORM'
SPADE SUPPORTING ARM1
RA PD 109036
Figure 15. Locking pins for loading platform and spade supporting arms.
22
RATCHET BRAKE LEVER
WINC H R AT C H E T C R ANK 7
RA PD 109041
14. Brake Mechanism (Applies to Carriage Ml O nly)
a. AIR BR AKE S . T he air brakes on al l bogie wheel s are actuated
f rom the prime mover. In an emergency, the brakes are appl ied
automatical l y, in the event of a break-away f rom the prime mover.
6. H AND BR AKE S . H and-operated l evers (f ig. 17) set the me
chanical brakes on the bogie f or parking.
23
o

<
Q
A

A
R
C
H

A
X
L
E

B

C
R
A
D
L
E

L
O
C
K

C

T
O
R
Q
U
E

R
O
D

D

B
O
G
I
E

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

S
C
R
E
W

L
O
C
K

E

B
O
G
I
E

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

S
C
R
E
W

F

H
A
N
D

B
R
A
K
E

L
E
V
E
R

G

B
R
A
K
E

C
H
A
M
B
E
R

H

P
I
N
T
L
E
R
A

P
D

8
6
5
5
9
aK
l

0
0
J
C
O
U
N
T
E
R
B
A
L
A
N
C
E
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

C
A
T
C
H

R
O
T
A
T
I
N
G

C
A
M
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

R
O
L
L
E
R
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

C
A
R
R
I
E
R
^
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

/
B
L
O
C
K

H
A
N
D
L
E
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

M
l

P
E
R
C
U
S
S
I
O
N

H
A
M
M
E
R
^
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

/
R
E
C
E
I
V
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
^
P
E
R
C
U
S
S
I
O
N

H
A
M
M
E
R

/
L
O
C
K
I
N
G

P
I
N

K
N
O
B
R
A

P
D

1
0
9
0
3
9
U
l
15. Breech O perating Lever
T he breech operating l ever (f ig. 18) serves to open and cl ose
the breech. T he breech is opened by pushing down the operating
l ever catch, pul l ing the l ever rearward until breech thread sectors
are cl eared and then pul l ing l ever to the right until spring
counterbal ance acts to hol d breech mechanism in the open position.
6. T he breech operating l ever catch (f ig. 18) l ocks the breech-
l ock when in the cl osed and f iring position.
16. Lanyard
T he purpose of the l anyard is to f ire the weapon. T his is done
by a quick pul l or snap of the l anyard which is attached to the
hammer.
17. Instruments
T E MPE R AT UR E AD JUS T ME NT S C ALE . T he purpose of the tem
perature adjustment scal e (f ig. 19) is to provide a means of main
taining a unif orm tension on the equil ibrators at various tempera
tures. F or satisf actory f unctioning, the temperature adjustment
scal e shoul d be set f or a temperature corresponding to the ambient
temperature at the time of f iring the gun. F urther adjustment
may be necessary if the equil ibrator pressure is not normal .
OIL IND E X. T he oil index (f ig. 74) serves as a guide when
establ ishing the proper oil reserve.
TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT SCALE
EQUILIBRATOR ADJ USTING SCREW
EQUILIBRATOR GUIDE
RA PO 107702
26
c. R E C OIL IND IC AT OR . T he recoil indicator (f ig. 20) inscribes
the l ength of recoil of the howitzer upon the recoil mechanism,
where it can be measured.
R E PLE NIS H E R PIS T ON. T he position of the repl enisher piston
indicates the amount of oil in the recoil cyl inder and repl enisher.
A scal e is provided to measure the position of the piston (f ig. 72).
ECOIL INDICATOR
RA PD 110948
Section VI. O PERATIO N UNDER USUAL CO NDITIO NS
18. To Place Weapon in F iring Position When Mounted on
Carriage Ml
a. S hut of f the air pressure at the prime mover. Unl ess it is
desired to appl y the brakes on the weapon automatical l y, the air
tank on the carriage shoul d be bl ed. Use hand brakes f or parking.
D isconnect the air hose of the l imber f rom the prime mover and
f rom the spade end of the trail s. Lock the ends of the hose to
gether at the f ront of the M5 l imber (f ig. 23). Attach the dummy
coupl ings to the ends of the air tubes on the trail s (f ig. 21).
It is important to prevent dust, dirt, and other f oreign matter f rom
getting into the air l ines since they cause mal f unction of thp brake mechanism.
27
DUMMY COUPLINGS
COUPI INC
jt~^ RIGHT TRAIL AIR LINE
Make certain that hand brakes on the howitzer carriage are
set, and that the l imber and prime mover are secured against un-
desired movement. Bl ock l imber and bogie wheel s. D o not rel y on
parking brakes. S tand cl ear of the l imber and trail s. R emove the
l imber as f ol l ows: Attach prime mover winch cabl e to l imber l if t
ing sl ing and take up cabl e until there is a sl ight strain on it.
Caution: It is important to have this sl ing suf f icientl y tight
to hol d up the trail s.
R emove cotter pin, wing nuts, and eyebol t spacer piece f rom eye-
bol t (f ig. 29). R emove eyebol t hinge pin (f ig. 30) and remove eye-
bol t f rom trail cl amping bracket. R epl ace hinge pin. Pay out
cabl e sl owl y f rom powered winch to al l ow a l ittl e sl ack. Use prime
mover to pul l l imber f orward sl ightl y until the l imber l if t bracket
assembl y begins to rotate. E ase trail s to the ground by means of
winch (f ig. 22). R emove trail coupl ing pin key f rom trail coupl ing
hitch pin. R emove trail coupl ing In' tch pin (f ig. 22) and pul l
l imber cl ear of the trail s. Using powered winch, take in cabl e until
the l imber l if t bracket assembl y is rotated to approximatel y vertical
position.
28
WINCH CABLE
LIFTING
SLING
LIMBER LIFT
BRACKET
RA PD 107703
D o not rotate past the vertical position.
Attach eyebol t to l if t bracket and to hol ding bracket on drawbar.
One wing nut shoul d be on each side of drawbar and eyebol t
spacer seated in the groove on sl ing guide (f ig. 23). T his l ocks l if t
LIMBER LIFT BRACKET
TRAIL COUPLING
PIN KEY
CLAMPING
BRACKET
TRAIL COUPLING HITCH PIN
RA PD 107704
SHOT 12 o so
29
bracket assembl y in upright (travel ing) position. D isconnect l if t
ing sl ing f rom winch cabl e and wind up cabl e. Attach running end
of l if ting sl ing to rear hinge pin. R emove saf ety pin and nuts
f rom trail cl amping bracket cl amp bol ts and remove trail cl amp
ing bracket. T he T -bol t can be removed when trail s are spread.
Al l bol ts and nuts shoul d be assembl ed to trail cl amping bracket
af ter removal to prevent l oss.
R emove the bogie l if ting screw l ock and covers (f ig. 24).
R emove the ends of the f our wheel supporting cabl es f rom the
torque rod hooks on the torque rods and attach them to the cross
beam torque bracket bol ts on the bogie cross beam (f ig. 25).
R el ease the cradl e l ock f rom the cradl e (f ig. 25). R emove l oading
tray f rom trail s. D ig pits f or f ront spades, then attach spades.
Lower the carriage by operating the bogie l if ting screws with the
bogie l if ting screw ratchet wrenches (f ig. 26), and continue until
the wheel s are raised compl etel y of f the ground. Operate both
screws in unison to prevent cramping of the mechanism. T he wheel
supporting cabl es provide support f or the wheel s when they are
raised in f iring position.
When the bearing strength of the soil is too l ow f or more
permanent empl acement of the materiel , embedded l ogs are used
(rail way ties may be used). T hese are pl aced behind the f ront and
rear spades and dug in so as to distribute the f orce of recoil over
a l arger ground area and thus prevent movement of the weapon
during f iring.
R emove covers f rom breech and muzzl e.
/. Instal l panoramic tel escope in its mount.
R el ease traversing mechanism by rotating the traversing
brake handl e countercl ockwise.
Pl ace tool s and equipment in proper position f or f iring.
19. To Place Weapon in F iring Position When Mounted on
Howitzer Motor Carriage M43
R emove the howitzer covers and store them out of the way
in the pl ace assigned f or them; l ikewise store al l the other equip
ment not required f or operation of the weapon.
Unf asten cradl e travel ing l ocks f rom the cradl e and pl ace
them out of the way.
Unl ock the tube travel ing l ock by l oosening the nut which
secures the upper hal f of this l ock. R otate this upper hal f up and
of f the howitzer tube. T hen el evate the howitzer sl ightl y in order
to push the travel ing l ock down in the l atched position on the hul l .
R emove the l ocking pins which hol d the top support arms of
the spade assembl y. R el ease winch ratchet arm and brake, to l ower
spade to the ground. T hen back up vehicl e to f orce spade prongs
30
BO GIE LIF TING SCREW
CO VER - D33759
O UTER BO GIE
LIF TING SCREW
BO GIE LIF TING SCREW
LO CK-41-L-l 610-35
RA PD 107721
BOGIE LIFTING SCREW
.BOGIE CROSSBEAM
CROSSBEAM TORQUE
BRACKET BOLT
RA PD 107712
31
E A PD 86546
into the ground. When in its proper position, the spade must be
f l ush with the ground and the spade stops seated against the hul l of
the vehicl e. Appl y the vehicl e steering brakes and l ock in position.
32
20. Loading the Howitzer
T o OPE N BR E E C H . R emove the f iring mechanism Ml as f ol
l ows:
(1) Pul l the percussion hammer l ocking pin knob (f ig. 27) to
the l ef t until the percussion hammer is f ree and the knob is f ree
to rotate. T urn the knob until the smal l pin in the knob engages
the shal l ow recess in the housing. T he knob is l ef t in this ' position
during f iring.
(2) Pul l out the f iring mechanism bl ock handl e, rotate the f iring
mechanism countercl ockwise until the thread is disengaged, then
withdraw the f iring mechanism to the rear.
(3) Push down on the breechbl ock operating l ever catch, and
pul l the breechbl ock operating l ever down to a horizontal position.
S wing the operating l ever toward the muzzl e of the howitzer.
6. T o LOAD PR OJE C T ILE . A l oading tray (f ig. 36) is f urnished
f or howitzer and carriage Ml , and a l oading ramp (f ig. 36) f or
howitzer and mount M17, both to provide f or ease in l oading and
to protect the threads in the breech recess. When l oading tray is
used, the projectil e is pl aced on the l oading tray, the tray is then
l if ted by the gun crew, and the f ront of the tray so pl aced that
the projecting brass l ug rests in a bl ank portion of the interrupted
breech thread. When the l oading ramp is used, it is so pl aced
that the projecting brass l ug rests in a bl ank section of interrupted
breech thread whil e the rear end of the ramp rests on the l oading
pl atf orm. T he projectil e is pushed cl ear of the l oading tray (or
ramp) by use of the rammer. T hen the tray (or ramp) is removed
and the projectil e is rammed into position in the f orcing cone. It is
important that projectil es be rammed with a unif orm f orce since
variations in the ramming f orce wil l cause sl ight variations in
the range. It is al so important that the rotating bands of a projec
til e be not damaged, as such damage is l ikel y to cause erratic f ir
ing. T o avoid damage to rotating bands, the grommet shoul d not
be removed until the shel l is prepared f or l oading.
T o LOAD PR OPE LLING C H AR GE . It is not necessary to use the
l oading tray when pl acing the powder charge in the breech. C are
must be taken to insure that the igniter end of the powder charge
is l ocated at the rear.
T o C LOS E T H E BR E E C H . Pul l the breech operating l ever to
ward the breech and then push it to a vertical position.
T o LOAD PR IME R .
T he breech must be cl osed bef ore assembl ing the f ir
ing mechanism Ml to the breech.
33
(
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

/
B
L
O
C
K

H
A
N
D
L
E
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G

S
C
R
E
W

F
O
R

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

M
l
(
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

'
/
R
E
C
E
I
V
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
S
L
O
C
K
I
N
G

P
I
N

F
O
R

/
P
E
R
C
U
S
S
I
O
N

H
A
M
M
E
R

P
E
R
C
U
S
S
I
O
N

H
A
M
M
E
R
P
E
R
C
U
S
S
I
O
N

H
A
M
M
E
R

L
O
C
K
I
N
G

P
I
N

K
N
O
B
R
A

P
D

1
0
9
0
4
2
H ol d the f iring mechanism Ml in one hand and sl ide the primer
into the U-shaped groove (f ig. 28). Pl ace f iring mechanism into
breechbl ock and screw it al l the way home.
IRINC MECHANISM
PRIMER
. - . . - -. - ,*-' . S *^. i:^ . - . . ' R A PD 72825
21. F iring
a. Lay the howitzer in el evation and traverse.
6. F iring is accompl ished by a quick pul l or snap of the l anyard
attached to the percussion hammer, which causes the hammer
to strike the f iring pin.
When travel ing, or f or reasons of saf ety, the percussion ham
mer on f iring mechanism Ml may be l ocked in a neutral position
by the percussion hammer l ock pin.
In case of misf ire, ref er to paragraph 42.
22. To Place Weapon in Traveling Position
a. R AIS E C AR R IAGE . D etach the rear spades f rom the trail s.
S wing the trail s together. Operate the bogie l if ting mechanism
to raise the carriage f rom the ground (f ig. 26). R aise the carriage
as high as the l if ting mechanism wil l permit.
S ee that the pointer pl ates on the bottom carriage are
al ined with the indicator pl ates on the bogie cross beam (f ig. 29).
T his is important since at times gravel , mud, dirt, or other f oreign
matter may l odge on the l ower contact surf ace and, if not cl eaned
bef ore the carriage is raised and apparentl y up tight, wil l be
shaken l oose by the road vibration and the resul ting cl earance
35
may damage the l if ting screws. Al inement of the pl ates indicates
no f oreign matter between the contact surf aces.
D etach the f ront spades. Pl ace the f ront and rear spades in their
respective carrying racks on the trail s. Invert the l oading tray
and pl ace on top of the trail s, between the bottom carriage and the
spades, with the f ront handl es pl aced in the recess f ormed by
the f ront spades mounted on the trail s. T he camouf l age pol es,
when strapped to the trail s over the handl es, hol d the tray in this
position. D etach the wheel supporting cabl es f rom the bol ts on the
bogie cross beam (f ig. 25) and hook the cabl e eyes on the brackets
provided on the upper torque rods. Pl ace the bogie el evating screw
l ock in position on top of the bogie el evating screws (f ig. 17).
S et the howitzer at zero-degree traverse and such el evation as
wil l permit attaching the cradl e l ock on the bogie to the l ug on
the bottom of the cradl e.
INDICATOR PLAT
POINTER PUT
RA PD 111082
INS T ALL H E AVY C AR R IAGE LIMBE R M5. (1) Pl ace the trail
cl amping bracket T -bol t in the spade recess on the trail s when
cl osing the trail s. Al ine the trail cl amping bracket over the T -bol t
and trail s. Position the other trail cl amping bracket bol t, and
instal l nuts and tighten. Lock in pl ace by inserting saf ety pins.
36
Caution: One or more threads shoul d be showing above the nut.
(2) With the l imber hooked to the prime mover, al ine the l imber
to the trail cl amping bracket. Pay out the winch cabl e on the prime
mover enough so that it can be connected to the l if ting sl ing on the
l imber f rame. T ake up the sl ack until the cabl e and sl ing are
taut. Make certain that the sl ing is in l ine with the l if ting sl ing
guide. R emove the eyebol t f rom its carrying position on the f ront
of the l imber by l oosening the wing nuts and removing the hinge
pin (f ig. 23). Pay out cabl e f rom winch to al l ow the l imber l if t
bracket assembl y to rotate and swing down to the l if ting position.
Al ine the l if t bracket with the trail cl amping bracket (f ig. 22).
Insert the trail coupl ing hitch pin to connect the l imber l if t bracket
to iJf c trail cl amping bracket. Insert and tighten the trail coupl ing
pinmey.
(3) Unl ock brakes on howitzer carriage and, using powered
winch, take in cabl e sl owl y. T his wil l rotate the l if ting bracket
assembl y and l if t the trail s to the travel ing position. T he carriage
wil l move a f ew f eet during this operation.
Personnel must stand cl ear of the l imber and trail s,
and the operator of the prime mover winch shoul d exercise care
in powering the winch.
(4) R eset the hand brakes on the carriage. Keeping cl ear of
the trail s, pl ace l if ting and l ocking eyebol t down through trail
cl amping bracket between the trail s (f ig. 30). Lock in pl ace with
eyebol t hinge pin (f ig. 31). Lay eyebol t spacer piece in position,
EYEBOLT SPACER PIECE
EYEBOLT. -*. "*"*
HINGE PIN
RA PD 59126
37
start wing nuts (f ig. 32), and tighten securel y. Insert cotter pin.
When eyebol t is securel y in pl ace, remove l if ting sl ing f rom winch
cabl e and attach sl ing to the hook on the trail (f ig. 33). Wind up
winch cabl e.
RA PD 59134
EYEBOLT
HINGE PIN
RA PD 59129
C ONNE C T AIR BKAKE H OS E . C oupl e air . brake hose together,
passing them through hose guide. H ose are arranged f or straight
connections between l imber and prime mover, and f or cross con
nection between l imber and trail s (f ig. 33).
38
R
A

P
D

8
6
5
2
9
INS PE C T ION. A thorough inspection of the assembl ed
l imber shoul d be made bef ore moving. Points to be covered are. :
(1) T rail s must be seated properl y on l imber l if ting bracket
(l imber M5).
(2) Al l nuts must be drawn up tight and l ocked with cotter
pins.
(3) T he eyebol t must be drawn up tight by the two wing nuts
(l imber M5).
(4) Air hose must be instal l ed properl y and be f ree to turn
with the l imber.
LOC KING MAT E R IAL F OB T R AVE LING. (1) C onnect cradl e
l ock to the cradl e.
(2) Lock traversing mechanism by rotating the traversing
brake handl e cl ockwise.
(3) R emove panoramic tel escope f rom its mount.
(4) R epl ace breech and muzzl e covers.
(5) Instal l bl ackout l ight on muzzl e and connect.
23. To Place Weapon in Traveling Position When Mounted on
Howitzer Motor Carriage
a. Unl atch and swing the howitzer travel ing l ock up to a verti
cal position. D epress the howitzer onto the travel ing l ock and
cl amp the upper hal f of the l ock around the tube. F asten by
tightening the nut.
6. F asten the cradl e travel ing l ocks to the cradl e.
Instal l the howitzer covers.
Move the vehicl e f orward to f ree the spade f rom the ground.
Lif t the spade to travel ing position by means of the spade winch.
Insert spade support arms through the brackets and then insert
the l ocking pins.
Section VII. O PERATIO N UNDER UNUSUAL CO NDITIO NS
24. General
When operating the materiel under unusual conditions such as
extreme high or l ow temperature, severe dust or sand conditions,
or l ocations near sal t water, the precautions given in this section
must be f ol l owed.
25. Extreme Cold
/
a. GE NE R AL. When prevail ing temperatures bel ow 0 F . are
encountered, and when improper operation is experienced be
tween 0 F . and 32 F . , it is essential that the f ol l owing points be
observed:
40
(1) Keep al l parts thoroughl y cl ean.
(2) Leave no metal surf aces exposed without a protective f il m
of l ubricant.
(3) D o not l et snow and ice col l ect on moving parts. Whenever
the weapon is to remain idl e f or a period of time, secure the
howitzer covers tightl y. Wind wil l drive snow under l oosel y f itting
covers, resul ting in the f ormation of ice which may interf ere with
the operation of the weapon.
(4) D o not bring any materiel indoors unl ess it is absol utel y
necessary. It is best to l eave it outdoors, but covered to protect it
f rom the snow.
(5) If it is necessary to bring the howitzer, sighting and f ire
control equipment, parts, or assembl ies indoors, af ter having been
outside at l ow temperatures, vapor in the air wil l condense on the
col d parts. If it is not dried of f , this condensed moisture wil l
cause rust and corrosion of the parts. T heref ore, wipe the tube
and al l bright parts dry when the equipment reaches room tem
perature, and recoat with l ubricant. Incl osed mechanisms (such
as cl osed gear cases, etc. ) may be damaged by condensation on the
insides of the mechanisms. If the materiel is operated indoors
whil e the moisture is present, the moisture wil l f orm an emul sion
with the l ubricants which wil l necessitate the removal of al l
grease and the rel ubrication of the materiel . If the materiel is
taken outside with this moisture present, the parts wil l become
covered with f rost and may not f unction.
(6) Al l moving parts of the materiel shoul d be exercised f re
quentl y. (T raversing and el evating the gun is hel pf ul in reducing
the ef f ort required to turn the handwheel s. ) Interval s of exercise
wil l depend upon the existing temperature the l ower the tem
perature, the more f requent the exercise.
(7) T o prevent materiel f rom f reezing to the ground, see that
the equipment is coated with some substance to which the ice
wil l not stick, or that a protective l ayer is pl aced on the ground
f or the materiel to rest on. Pedestal s, trail s, outriggers, skids of
generating units, points of tripods, and other metal parts that
rest on the ground, can be covered with grease to prevent them
f rom f reezing to the ground. T ires and packing or carrying cases,
as wel l as the previousl y mentioned parts, may be pl aced on straw,
hay, or waterproof paper such as tar or roof ing paper.
(8) When materiel is protected with a canvas or other type
of cover, moisture wil l f orm on the metal surf aces. T o prevent
rusting, remove covers at l east once a week, and thoroughl y dry
and reoil al l surf aces.
BOR E C LE ANING. (1) When cl eaning
the bore with rif l e bore cl eaner at temperatures bel ow 0 F . , wipe
41
the bore dry and oil . D o not al l ow the rif l e bore cl eaner to remain
in the bore, as f reezing of the cl eaner in the bore may make f iring
dangerous.
(2) In appl ying oil to the bore af ter
cl eaning, care must be taken to work the oil in wel l so that it wil l
reach al l surf aces of the l ands and grooves.
R E C OIL ME C H ANIS M. (1) T he care wil l be the same as f or
normal conditions with the exception that the recoil mechanism
wil l be exercised more f requentl y. T he f requency of exercising
wil l depend upon the temperature the l ower the temperature the
more f requentl y the recoil mechanism shoul d be exercised.
(2) It can be expected that the cycl ic rate of f ire wil l be l ess
under extreme col d weather conditions.
D o not remove recoil oil to increase the cycl ic rate of
f ire. As f iring continues, the oil wil l heat up until the normal rate
of f ire is obtained.
T OP AND BOT T OM C AR R IAGE . Keep drain hol es in top and
bottom carriage open, and avoid accumul ation of snow on carriage.
E LE VAT ING AND T R AVE R S ING AR C S . Brush ice and snow f rom
traversing and el evating arcs with stif f bristl e or wire brush
bef ore operation.
/. T IR E S . (1) S pecial care must be given to tires during col d
weather. C heck air pressure f requentl y and keep the tires f ree
of ice. When a weapon is empl aced f or a l ong time, tires wil l
devel op a f l at surf ace at the contact point with snow or f rozen
ground. C are shoul d be taken, when travel ing with the weapon,
to keep the speed at a minimum until the tire has regained its
original shape.
(2) T o avoid devel oping f l at surf aces, rest the weapon on its
bottom carriage, with the bogie wheel s raised, whenever it is
inactive.
BR AKE S . (1) Air brakes require special care
during col d weather. D rain air reservoirs af ter' use. T his wil l bl ow
out moisture f ormed by compressed air and wil l prevent f reezing
of l ines and brakes.
C are shoul d be exercised in connecting air hoses to
prime mover to prevent cracking or breaking when bends are too
sharp.
(' 2) Appl y proper l ubrication to al l joints and
connections. Use wheel chocks in pref erence to setting brake
when the howitzer is packed.
F IR E C ONT R OL E QUIPME NT . (1) When using optical in
struments in col d weather, the operator shoul d be caref ul not to
breathe on the ocul ars. When the breath hits the l enses, the mois
ture in the warm breath condenses on the l enses and f ogs them.
42
T his moisture wil l then f reeze, making it impossibl e to observe
with the instrument.
(2) Optical surf aces shoul d be cl eaned in col d weather by rub
bing gentl y with dry l ens-tissue paper. T o remove oil f il m, bring
instrument into a warm incl osure and al l ow it to reach room
temperature bef ore appl ying l iquid l ens-cl eaning soap.
26. Severe Dust or Sand Conditions
When the howitzer is active in sandy or dusty areas, cl ean
and l ubricate at f requent interval s, as the l ubricant wil l pick up
sand or dust, f orming ah abrasive mixture. C l ean and l ubricate
af ter action.
E xercise particul ar care to keep sand and dust out of the
mechanisms and oil receptacl es when carrying out inspection and
l ubrication operations, adjustments, and repairs.
Keep the mount covered when practical . C over the breech
mechanism and muzzl e as of ten as conditions permit.
27. High Humidity, Extreme Moisture, and Salt Water
a. T he amount of moisture in the atmosphere determines the
rate of corrosion and the rate of l oss of protective qual ity by
l ubricant f il ms used to prevent corrosion of metal surf aces, such
as the howitzer bore, breech mechanism, etc. , as the water wil l
emul sif y the l ubricants and destroy their corrosion-preventive
qual ities. Inspect parts f requentl y f or corrosion. T he more mois
ture present, the greater the tendencies are f or the materiel to
corrode and deteriorate. T heref ore, inspection, cl eaning, and l ubri
cation shoul d be more f requentl y and caref ul l y perf ormed, de
pending upon the moisture present. S al t in the air, such as occurs
near sal t water areas, and high temperatures, add to the corrosive
activity of moisture.
6. Keep the bore of the tube and the breech mechanism heavil y
oil ed, and watch f or signs of rust.
C oat exposed unpainted surf aces, such as the bore and the
breech and f iring mechanisms, as indicated in the War D epartment
Lubrication Order.
In moist warm cl imates, covers and other items wil l de
teriorate f rom mil dew, etc. , or may be attacked by vermin. Mois
ture under the covers al so causes rusting of the parts. T o prevent
this, these items shoul d be removed, aired, and dried dail y.
Section VIII. DEMO LITIO N TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
28. General
a. T he destruction of the materiel , subject to capture or aban
donment in the combat zone, wil l be undertaken by the using arm
43
onl y on authority del egated by the division or higher commander
as a command f unction when such action is deemed necessary as
a f inal resort to keep the materiel f rom reaching enemy hands.
Adequate destruction of artil l ery materiel means damaging
it in such a way that the enemy cannot restore it to usabl e condi
tion in the combat zone either by repair or by carinibal ization.
Adequate destruction requires that:
(1) E nough parts essential to the operation of the materiel
must be damaged.
(2) Parts must be damaged beyond repair in the combat zone.
(3) T he same parts must be destroyed on al l materiel , so that
the enemy cannot make up one operating unit by assembl ing parts
f rom several partl y destroyed units.
T he tube and breech are the most vital parts of any piece of
artil l ery. T hese are the f irst things to damage. Af ter the tube and
breech, in the order of importance, come the recoil mechanism,
sighting and f ire control equipment, carriage, tires, gun book, and
f iring tabl es.
29. Methods
GE NE R AL. (1) T he destruction procedures outl ined are ar
ranged in order of ef f ectiveness. D estruction shoul d be accom
pl ished by method No. 1, if possibl e. If method No. 1 cannot be
used, destruction shoul d be accompl ished by one of the other
methods outl ined, in the priority shown.
(2) Whichever method is used, the sequence outl ined must be
f ol l owed. Unif ormity of destruction wil l then be obtained, whether
or not the method is carried to compl etion.
(3) C ertain of the methods outl ined require special tool s and
material s, such as nitrostarch and incendiary grenades, which may
not be items of issue normal l y. T he issue of such special tool s
and materiel , the vehicl es f or which issued, and the conditions
under which destruction wil l be ef f ected, are command decisions
in each case, according to the tactical situation.
(4) D etach al l optical sights. If evacuation is possibl e, carry
the sights; if evacuation is not possibl e, smash the sights com
pl etel y.
ME T H OD No. 1 D E S T R UC T ION OF T UBE , BR E E C H , AND R E C OIL
ME C H ANIS M. (1) Open drain pl ug on recoil mechanism, al l ow
ing recoil f l uid to drain out. It is not necessary to wait f or the
recoil f l uid to drain compl etel y bef ore f iring the howitzer (step
(4) bel ow).
(2) Pl ace an armed (saf ety pin removed) high-expl osive, anti
tank grenade M9A1, or armed (saf ety pin removed) antitank
rocket M6 in the tube with the nose end toward the rear. T he
44
grenade or rocket must be centered in the tube, using a wooden
adapter. An al ternate f or the wooden adapter is the use of waste.
(3) Insert an unf uzed high-expl osive shel l with propel l ing
charge into the howitzer and cl ose the breech. Base-detonating,
high-expl osive shel l cannot be used in this method.
(4) F ire the howitzer, using a l anyard at l east 100 f eet l ong.
T he man f iring shoul d be under cover to the rear of the piece and
approximatel y 20 of f the l ine of f ire. E l apsed time: approxi
matel y 2 to 3 minutes.
(5) T he danger zone is approximatel y 500 yards.
ME T H OD No. 2 (1) Insert T NT bl ocks into the bore near
the muzzl e, and in the f iring chamber. C l ose the breechbl ock as
f ar as possibl e without damaging the saf ety f uze. Pl ug the muzzl e
tightl y with earth to a distance of approximatel y 3 cal ibers f rom
the muzzl e. D etonate the expl osive charges simul taneousl y. T hirty
to f if ty Va-pound T NT bl ocks wil l be needed f or ef f ective demol i
tion. If it is not possibl e to pl ug the bore, a l arger number of
bl ocks wil l be needed f or ef f ective demol ition.
(2) R am a high-expl osive shel l (without base f uze) into the
f orcing cone, and pl ace T NT bl ocks behind it as specif ied above.
C l ose the breechbl ock and detonate the T NT charge. A suf f icient
l ength of saf ety f uze shoul d be used to permit personnel to reach
saf ety zone or cover. T he f uze may be routed through the primer
hol e in the spindl e.
(3) T he number of nitrostarch bl ocks to be used is an esti
mate onl y and has not been proved by tests.
ME T H OD No. 3. (1) Pl ace unf uzed, incendiary grenades
M14 on their sides, one on top of another, in the f iring chamber.
C l ose the breech. E quip another incendiary grenade with a 15-
second saf ety f uze. Ignite and toss it in the muzzl e. Quickl y el evate
the howitzer to its maximum el evation. E l apsed time: 3 to 5
minutes. S ix to eight grenades are required per howitzer.
(2) T he metal f rom the grenades wil l f use with the interior
of the breechbl ock, making it impossibl e to open the breech.
ME T H OD No. 4. (1) F ire adjacent guns at each other at
point-bl ank range using high-expl osive or armor-piercing shel l s.
T wo or more direct hits f rom a weapon of the same cal iber, on a
vital spot such as the breech mechanism, recoil mechanism, or
tube, shoul d adequatel y destroy the artil l ery piece. F ire f rom
cover. D anger space is f rom 200 to 500 yards.
(2) D estroy the l ast gun and carriage by the best means avail
abl e.
(3) D anger f rom cannibal ization is inherent in this method.
/. AMMUNIT ION. Instructions f or demol ition of ammunition
are contained in T M 9-1901.
910712 O 50 4
45
PART THREE
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIO NS
Section IX. GENERAL
30. Scope
Part three contains inf ormation f or the guidance of the personnel
of the using organizations responsibl e f or the maintenance (f irst-
and second-echel on) of this equipment. It contains inf ormation
needed f or the perf ormance of the schedul ed l ubrication and pre
ventive maintenance services, as wel l as descriptions of the major
systems and units and their f unctions in rel ation to other com
ponents of the equipment.
31. Cleaners and Preservatives
T he f ol l owing cl eaners and preservatives are required f or use
with this materiel . Additional inf ormation to that contained in
this manual with regard to these material s is covered in T M 9-850.
ALC OH OL, denatured PALM, sail maker' s
BR US H , artist' s camel ' s hair PAPE R , f l int
BUR LAP, jute, 8 oz. PAPE R , l ens, tissue
C H ALK, rail road, white S OAP, issue (QM issue)
C LE ANE R , rif l e bore S OAP, l iquid, l ens-cl eaning
C LOT H , abrasive, al uminum S OAP, saddl e
oxide S OLVE NT , dry cl eaning
C LOT H , crocus S PONGE S , cel l ul ose
C LOT H , wiping, cotton T APE , adhesive, non-hygro-
NE E D LE , sacking, steel , 4i/2 scopic, O. D .
in. T WINE , jute
OIL, neat' s-f oot WAS T E , cotton (white or
col ored)
Section X.
O RGANIZATIO NAL SPARE PARTS, TO O LS, AND EQUIPMENT
32. O rganizational Spare Parts, Tools, and Equipment
S PAR E PAR T S . A set of organizational spare parts is sup
pl ied to the using arm f or f iel d repl acement of those parts most
l ikel y to become worn, broken, or otherwise unserviceabl e.
T OOLS AND E QUIPME NT . A set of organizational tool s and
46
equipment is suppl ied to the using arm f or maintaining and us
ing the materiel . T his set contains items required f or disassembl y,
assembl y, cl eaning, and preserving of the 8-inch howitzer materiel .
T ool s and equipment shoul d not be used f or purposes other than
prescribed and, when not in use, shoul d be properl y stored in the
chest and/or rol l provided f or them.
LIS T OF S PAR E PAR T S , T OOLS , AND E QUIPME NT . S pare parts,
tool s, and equipment suppl ied f or the 8-inch howitzer materiel
are l isted in WD S uppl y C atal ogs OR D 7 S NL D -29 (f or towed
artil l ery) and OR D 7 S NL G-232 (f or the 8-inch howitzer motor
carriage M43) which are the authorities f or requisitioning re
pl acements.
33. Specially Designed Tools and Equipment
a. T OOLS AND E QUIPME NT . C ertain tool s and equipment l isted
in WD S uppl y C atal ogs OR D 7 S NL D -29 and OR D 7 S NL G-232
are special l y designed f or maintenance, repair, and general use
with the 8-inch howitzer materiel . T hese tool s and equipment
are l isted bel ow f or inf ormation onl y. T his l ist is not to be used
f or requisitioning repl acements.
Item
Identifying
number
R ef erences
F ie Par.
Use'
BE LT , primer, M8 . . . . . . . . . . D 7225490 34
BR US H , bore, 8-in. , M14 . . . . C 73715 34 33 C l eaning and
oil ing bore of
howitzer.
C OVE R , bore brush . . . . . . . . . C 76919 34
C OVE R , breech, M210 . . . . . . D 6047 34
C OVE R , muzzl e, M328 . . . . . . C 7225033
F OR M, govt. , War D ept. , Ar
til l ery Gun Book, 0. 0 No.
5825 (bl ank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-F -67990 1
GAGE , headspace (f iring me
chanism Ml ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-G-200-700 35
H E AD , rammer, l oading . . . . B108585 34 33 T o ram projec-
til e home
when l oading.
LANYAR D , f iring, 6 f t. , M12 B6780 34 T o f ire howitzer.
R AMP, l oading (f or use f or
Mount M17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
R E AME R , carb-S . , hand,
primer seat cl eaning, spiral
f l ute, w/wood handl e, diam. T o ream primer
smal l end 0. 321 in. , diam. seat in obtu-
l arge end 1. 362 in. , l ength rator spindl e
overal l 7 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-R -501-80 35 pl ug.
* Where the use of an item is not indicated, .the nomenclature is self-explanatory.
47
Item
Identif ying
number
R ef erences
F ig. Par.
Use*
S IGH T , bore, breech . . . . . . . . 41-S -3640-
140
S IGH T , bore muzzl e . . . . . . . . 41-S -3646-
340
S T AF F -S E C T ION (al umi
num, 46% in. l ong) . . . . . . C 7157648
or
S T AF F -S E C T ION (wood,
46% in. l ong) (to be issued
in l ieu of S taf f -S ection
C 7157648 until present stock
is exhausted) . . . . . . . . . . . . C 55199
T AR GE T , testing, size 40 x
30 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C 77511
T OOL, cl eaning vent, dril l bit 41-T -3081-
type, diam. of bit 0. 206 in. . . 120
T R AY, l oading, M2 (f or use D 46204
with C arriage Ml ) . . . . . . .
WR E NC H , crankshaf t nut. . . 41-W-3736-
150
WR E NC H , f uze, M7A1, carb-
S . (to be issued in l ieu of
Wrench 41-W-1496-135 until 41-W-1596-
suppl y is exhausted) . . . . . . 50
WR E NC H , f uze, M16 (T 5) . .
WR E NC H , f uze, M18 (T 12E 1)
WR E NC H , f iring mechanism.
41-W-1496-
115
41-W-1496-
135
41-W-3248-
251
34 109
34 109
34
113
35
36
35
35
35
35
35
T o bore sight
howitzer.
Used with bore
brush, ram
mer, and ram
mer head.
Used with bore
109 sights to bore
sight weapon.
T o cl ean obtu
rator spindl e
vent.
T o change and
tighten f uze;
to set f uze to
"D el ay" or
"S uperquick. "
C H E S T , oil pump, wood, steel
reinf orced, w/contents . . . . 41-C -738-540
(C onsisting of :
1 AD APT E R , S . , pl ug oil
f il l ing, recoil mecha
nism, hex-hd. , % in. ,
l ength overal l 1-11/16
in. , 16 mm-1. 5 pitch,
S . 1. 3 mal e thread,
%-27NPT f emal e
thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-A-26-500
38
T o f il l recoil
system.
' Where the use of an item is not indicated, the nomencl ature is sel f -expl anatory.
48
Item
Identif ying
number
R ef erences
F ig. Par.
Use*
1 AD APT E R , S . , pl ug, oil
f il l ing, recoil mecha
nism, hex-hd. , % in. ,
l ength overal l 1% in. ,
%-18NF -3 mal e
thread, %-27NPT f e
mal e thread . . . . . . . .
1 C AP, oil f il l er gun,
thread 16 mm-1. 5
pitch PX-3 . . . . . . . .
1 C AP, oil f il l er gun,
%-18NF -3 f emal e
thread . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 C H E S T , oil pump,
wood, steel reinf orced,
w/o contents, M16 . .
1 F UNNE L, copper, w/o
strainer, cap. *4 pt. . .
1 H OS E , oil , non-metal l ic,
high temperature re
sisting, l ength 10 f t. ,
compl ete w/coupl ings
1 PUMP, hydraul ic, oil . .
41-A-26-510
41-C -395-625
41-C -395-650
41-C -738-550
41-F -3580
33-H -535
l l -P-576-300
38
38
38
38
38
F or Adapter
41-A-26-500.
F or Adapter
41-A-26-510.
1 R ULE , S . , f l exibl e,
l ength 30 cm (grad.
mm and 64ths) . . . . . 41-R -2909 38
1 WR E NC H , engrs. ,
angl e 15 deg. , dbl e-
end. , al l oy-S . , size of
opngs. % and 13/16
in. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-W-1012 38
C H E S T , tool , empty, metal ,
inside height 11-1/16 in. , in
side l ength 13 ^4 in. , inside
width 28 7/s in. . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-C -857-335 37
C OVE R , bogie l if ting screw,
M507 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D 33759 37
C OVE R , canvas, o v e r - a 11,
MIOIAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D 7120197 2
C OVE R , el evating brake cam,
M514 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C 76352 37
C OVE R , quadrant and tel e
scope mount, M400 . . . . . . . . C 66917
GAGE , pressure, metal case,
hydraul ic, master assembl y,
size of dial 4% in. , pressure
200 kg. (2,844 Ib. ) (grad.
in Ib. per sq. in. and kg. per
sq. cm. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-G-285 39
* Where the use of an item is not indicated, the nomencl ature is sel f -expl anatory.
49
Item
Identifying
number
References
Fig. Par.
Use*
Used with
Wrenches 41-
W-3727-43
and 41-W-
2612-25.
Pl aced around
muzzl e of
howitzer when
travel ing.
T o prevent the
bogie l if ting
screws f rom
turning dur
ing travel .
34
H AND LE , wheel bearing adj.
and wheel stud nut wrench,
diam. in. , l ength 20 in. . . . . 41-H -1541 43
H OIS T , chain, rtc. l ever type,
cap. 1%-ton sgl e. chain, con
vertibl e to 3-ton dbl e. chain 41-H -2115 42
H OS E , tire inf l ating, compl ete
w/sgl e. f oot chuck and air
brake coupl ing, I. D . %, in. ,
l ength 25 f t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-H -986 40
LIGH T -S YS T E M, bl ackout,
6-8 v. , 40 f t. cabl e, compl ete C 90891 41
LOC K, bogie l if ting screws . . 41-L-1610-35 43
MANUAL, technical , 9-335 . . T M 9-335
OR D E R , l ubr. , War D ept. , LO WD LO 9-335 48,
9-335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
R E LE AS E , f il l ing and drain
val ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-R -3649 39
R E LE AS E , f il l ing and drain
val ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-R -3650 38
R OLL, tool , canvas, empty,
M4, size 26 x 30 in. . . . . . . . . 41-R -2705-5 43
T UBE , air f il l ing, compl ete . . 45-T -11442 39
T UBE , air f il l ing, cop. , f l exi
bl e, compl ete w/coupl ings . . 45-T -11442-30 39
WR E NC H , rtc. , rvrs. , hex. of f
set, size of opng. 3% in. , 41-W-1989- 42
l ength overal l 63 in. . . . . . . . 600
WR E NC H , tel escope, pano
ramic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-W-3829 43
WR E NC H , tubul ar, dbl e. end,
hex. , size of opngs. 3-1/16
and 3-3/16 in. , l ength 9 in. 41-W-3727-43 43
WR E NC H , wheel bearing nut,
dbl e-end. , tubul ar, oct. , size
of opngs, 3-5/16 and 3 7/8 in. ,
l ength 3% in. . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-W-2612-25 43
* Where the use of an item is not indicated, the nomenclature is self-explanatory.
Used when
charging
equil ibrators.
Used when
charging
equil ibrators.
T o turn bogie
l if ting
screws.
T o adjust pano-
ramie tel e
scope indexes.
50
Item
Identifying
number
References
Fig. Par.
Use*
C H E S T , oil pump, wood, steel 41-C -738-
reinf orced, w/contents . . . . 540
(C onsisting of :
1 AD APT E R , S . , pl ug, oil
f il l ing, recoil mecha
nism, hex-hd. , % in. ,
l ength overal l 1-11/16
in. , 16 mm-1. 5 pitch,
S . 1. 3 mal e thread,
%-27NPT f emal e
thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-A-26-500
1 AD APT E R , S . , pl ug, oil
f il l ing, recoil mecha
nism, hex-hd. , % in. ,
l ength overal l 1% in. ,
%-18NF -3 mal e
thread, %-27NPT f e
mal e thread . . . . . . . . 41-A-26-510
1 C AP, oil f il l er gun,
thread 16 mm-1. 5 41-C -395-
pitch PX-3 . . . . . . . . 625
1 C AP, oil f il l er gun,
%-18NP-3 f emal e 41-C -395-
thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
1 C H E S T , oil pump, wood,
steel reinf orced w/o 41-C -738-
contents, M16 . . . . . . 550
1 F UNNE L, copper, w/o
strainer, cap. % pt. . 41-F -3580
1 H OS E , oil , non-metal l ic,
high temperature re
sisting, l ength 10 f t. ,
compl ete w/coupl ing. 33-H -535
1 PUMP, hydraul ic, oil . . l l -P-576-
300
1 R U L E , S . , f l exibl e,
l ength 30 cm (grad.
mm and 64ths) . . . . . 41-R -2909
1 WR E NC H , engrs. ,
angl e 15 deg. , dbl e-
end. , al l oy-S . , size of
opngs. % and 13/16
in. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-W-1012
C OVE R , el evating brake cam,
M514 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C 76352
C OVE R , quadrant and tel e
scope mount, M400 . . . . . . . C 66917
T o f il l recoil
system.
38
38 F or Adapter
41-A-26-500.
F or Adapter
41-A-26-510.
38
38
38
38
38
38
37
* Where the use of an item is not indicated, the nomenclature is self-explanatory.
51
Item
Identif ying
number
R ef erences
F ip. Par.
GAGE , pressure, metal case,
hydraul ic, master assembl y,
size of dial 4% in. , pressure
200 kg. (2,844 Ib. ) (grad.
in Ib. per sq. in. and kg. per
sq. cm. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-G-285 39
R E LE AS E , f il l ing and drain
val ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-R -3649 39
R E LE AS E , f il l ing and drain
val ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-R -3650 38
R OLL, tool , canvas, empty,
M4, size 26 x 30 in. . . . . . . . 41-R -2705-5 43
T UBE , air f il l ing, compl ete. . 45-T -11442 39
T UBE , air f il l ing, cop. , f l exi- 45-T -11442- 39
bl e, compl ete w/coupl ings. . 30
WR E NC H , tel escope, pano
ramic . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. . . . . . 41-W-3829 43
WR E NC H , tubul ar, dbl e-end. ,
hex. , size of opngs. 3-1/16 41-W-3727-
and 3-3/16 in. , l ength 9 in. 43
Used when
charging
equil ibrators.
Used when
charging
equil ibrators.
T o adjust pano-
ramie tel e
scope indexes.
F or trail cl amp-
i n bracket
nut A7104681.
F or nuts A7104-
606 on l unette
and on l imber
pintl e spindl e.
F R AME , amm. , M18 (8 pro
jectil es) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D 39142 44
F R AME , amm. , M20 (10 pro
jectil es) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D 41050 45
* Where the use of an item is not indicated, the nomencl ature is sel f -expl anatory.
52
-
i
r
B
R
U
S
H

C
7
3
7
I
5

|
l
S
I
G
H
T

4
I
-
S
-
3
6
4
0
-
I
4
0
C
O
V
E
R

D
6
0
4
7

R
A

P
D

1
O
9
1
3
8
U
l
w
e
n

3

o o s
-
S
*

o
[
I
N
C
H
E
S
n

%

\

I

1
W
R
E
N
C
H

-

4
I
-
W
-
I
4
9
6
-
I
3
5
R
A

P
D

1
O
8
5
6
7
RAMP
I INCHES!
RA PD 108557
CHEST
41-C-857-335
COVER-
033759
COVER-
C76352
[INCHES i RAPD 110680
55
f
e
l

S
s s
-
s

a
.
o !
R
E
L
E
A
S
E

-

4
5
-
R
-
3
6
5
0
C
A
P

-

4
1

-
C
-
3
9
5
-
6
2
5

A
D
A
P
T
E
R

-

4
1

-
A
-
2
6
-
5
0
0
r
z
E
z
n
a
I
N
C
H
E
S
H
O
S
E

-

3
3
-
H
-
5
3
5
W
R
E
N
C
H
-
4
1
-
W
-
1
0
1
2
R
U
L
E
-
4
1
-
R
-
2
9
0
9
F
U
N
N
E
L
-
4
1
-
F
-
3
5
8
0
R
A

P
D

1
1
O
7
O
4
oI
R
A

P
D

1
0
9
2
1
7
O
i
F ,' f f w,e
f t***
R A 80191
58
W
R
E
N
C
H

-

4
I
-
W
-
I
9
8
9
.
6
0
0
Ii
R
A

P
D

1
O
9
2
1
6
LOCK - 4I-L-I6IO-35
HANDLE - 4I-H-I54I
ROLL - 4I-R-2705-5
WRENCH - 4I-W-3727-43
RA PD 1O 914O
E A PD 73822
60
R A PD 73825
MOD IF IC AT ION OF BOR E BR US H M14. T he cl eaning character
istics and l ength of service of bore brush M14 can be improved
by sl ight modif ication.
(1) R emove the nuts and l ock washers f rom the f ront f ace of
bore brush and, hol ding ring f rom brush body, remove brush insert.
(2) S eparate the coil s of the brush and, using a tinsmith' s
shears, trim the bristl es of f l evel with the channel on two f ul l
coil s, one on each side of the middl e coil , as shown in f igure 46.
(3) S teel channel grip f or bristl es must not be cut or modif ied.
(4) R eassembl e the parts in the reverse order of disassembl y.
MOD IF IC AT ION OF LOAD ING R AMME R H E AD . (1) D ue to the
shortage of bronze, some of the l oading rammers B108585 were
made of mal l eabl e iron. T his metal , being harder than bronze,
scratches and otherwise damages the chamber, breech thread,
and breech f ace of the howitzer. T o el iminate or minimize this
troubl e, the l oading rammer shoul d be modif ied as indicated in
f igure 47. T his modif ication consists of wel ding bronze on the
f our arms in such manner that the iron wil l not come in contact
with the howitzer. Af ter this wel ding process, the bronze shoul d
be machined, ground, or f il ed to give a smooth surf ace.
(2) T his modif ication wil l be done by ordnance personnel .
U10712 O 50-
61
t
o
s
-
S
U
S
E

T
I
N
S
M
I
T
H

S
H
E
A
R
S

T
O

T
R
I
M

C
O
I
L

B
R
U
S
H
R
A

P
D

6
1
8
5
3
s
I
-
"
4
s
.
t
o
l
-
k
0
0

n

o
o

i
8

W
E
L
D
I
N
G

B
R
O
N
Z
E

T
O

B
E

A
D
D
E
D
R
A

P
D

7
\
2
S
6
Section XI. LUBRICATIO N
34. Lubrication O rder
R eproduction of War D epartment Lubrication Order LO
9-335 (f igs. 48 and 49) prescribes organizational (f irst- and
second-echel on) l ubrication maintenance. WD LO 9-747 which pre
scribes the l ubrication of weapon mounted on the howitzer motor
carriage M43 is not il l ustrated, as the l ubrication of the weapon
is the same as in WD LO 9-335.
WAR DEPARTMENT LUBRICATIO N O RDER
1 Aug 1946 (Supersedes 18 F eb 19451
HO WITZER, 8-in., M2;
CARRIAGE, 8-in., Ml;
LIMBER, CARRIAGE, HEAVY, MS.
References: TM 9-335 O RD 7 SNL D-29
Exposed F inished
Vorioble Turning Rod, PL
Exposed Surface
Recoil Cylinder RS
Replenisher F ill ond Droin
38
W Recuperator Cylinder O il Index 39
W PL Breech Hinge Pin .6
W PL Breech Crankshaft Bearing 5
W PL Breech ond F iring Mechanism 4
1 EXPECT
PL-Medium
I CG-1
PL-OIL, lubricatin g, preservati
WB-GREASE. gen eral purpose.
:0 TEMPERA
PL-Medium
CG-0
e
Ho. 2-all tern
TURES
PL-Special
CG-0
peratures
INTERVALS
W-Woekly
3M-3 Mon ths
S-6 Mon ths
Spindle
RA PO I109BO
64
31 Slock Adiuiter CG 3M
5 Brake Camshaft Brocket* CG M
Broke Com!ho'tt"Bearin ^ CG S
lalh ud.1 4 pk*. Ife. No>. SI
41 Wheel Bearings WB S
41 BraUT Anchor Pin. CG S
CG W Top Carriage Support Linai ..
Traversing Arc ondj>inion PL W x
Trover*ing Mechanism M
Housing Level
Chtfk
Traversin g Mechan ism PL
Homin g Fill
Traversing Worm Wheel CG IM
Pinion Shaft Bearing
Spo.mg(, <U kA.KOlHJ by h-sU. xMan j
Trail Hin ge Pin PL W
alh lidx
CARRIAGE AND BO GIE
W CG Pintle Bracket
W Air Reservoir Drain
W CG Lifting Screw Pins
W PL Cradle Lock and Bogie
Lifting O uter Screws
W PL Bogie Spring Seat Bearing
- W CG Bogie Lifting Inner Screws
Pintle Pin Bearing
Elevating Arc and Pinion
o> n m i
Brake Drum and Pinion Gear
Housing Drain
Elevating Clutch Mechanism 21
Handwheel'pinion" 20
Qilite Bearings
CG Top Carriage Support
Roller^ Bearing
tl fa, Ww Khttofll
Top Carriage
Rear Hold-Down Clip
Top Carriage
Support Housing Drain
W CG Pintle Spindte Bearings,
Upper and Lower
PL Trail Coupling Pin
CC Axle Pivot Pin Bushing
CG
Lun eHt
Rquiiirion addition al Lubrication O rdrt in con foiman c* with in itructiaiu an d litti in FM 2t-d.
HA PD 1fO jt48
T he points of appl ication indicated on the Lubrication Order
are il l ustrated in f igures 50 to 54 showing their l ocation OH the
materiel . T he f ittings shown in the f igures may be identif ied on
the order by the key numbers around the border.
65
1_HOWITZER BORE 4BREECH AND FIRING
2 EXPOSED RECOIL SLIDE MECHANISM
3 ELEVATING ARC AND PINION 5 BREECH CAMSHAFT BEARING
6 BREECH HINGE PIN
7 OBTURATOR SPINDLE
8 RECOIL MECHANISM
REPLENISHER FILL AND DRAIN
9 RECOIL MECHANISM
REPLENISHER LEVEL OPENING
RA PD 107707
66
10RECOIL SLIDE
11 EQUILIBRATOR CASE AND
PLUNGER
12 VARIABLE RECOIL CONTROL
SHAFT
-TRAVERSING MECHANISM
HOUSING LEVEL
H TOP CARRIAGE SUPPORT LINER
15 TRAVERSING ARC AND PINION
16 TRAVERSING MECHANISM
HOUSING FILL
17 TRAVERSING WORM WHEEL
PINION SHAFT BEARING
18 EQUILIBRATOR GUIDE SLIDES
19EQUILIBRATOR GUIDE ADJ USTING
SCREW
20HANDWHEEL PINION BEARINGS
21 ELEVATING CLUTCH MECHANISM
22 BRAKE DRUM AND PINION GEAR
HOUSING DRAIN
23 PINTLE PIN BEARING
24 TOP CARRIAGE SUPPORT ROLLER
BEARING
RA PD 107711
67
25 TOP CARRIAGE REAR HOLD-DOWN 27 PINTLE BRACKET
CLIP
26 TOP CARRIAGE SUPPORT HOUSING
DRAIN
28 TRAIL HINGE PIN
36 ^31
29 BRAKE CAMSHAFT BEARING
30 BRAKE CAMSHAFT BRACKET
31 SLACK ADJ USTER
32 BOGIE LIFTING INNER SCREWS 34 LIFTING SCREW PINS
33 CRADLE LOCK AND BOGIE LIFTING
O UTER SCREWS
RA PD 107708
68
35 ROCKER PIN BUSHING 35 ROCKER PIN BUSHING
36 DRAWBAR BEARING
37 SPINDLE BEARINGS. UPPER AND LOWER
RA PD 107709
69
38 RECUPERATOR CYLINDER
RESERVE OIL FILLING VALVE
39 RECUPERATOR CYLINDER OIL
INDEX
40 AIR RESERVOIR DRAIN
41 WHEEL BEARINGS
42BRAKE ANCHOR PINS
43 YOKE BLOCK PIN
44 WHEEL BEARINGS
45 SLING
46 LUNETTE
47 EYE BOLT
RA PD 107710
A War D epartment Lubrication Order is pl aced on, or is
issued with, each item of materiel , and is to be carried with it at
al l times. In the event the materiel is received without an order,
a repl acement shoul d be immediatel y requisitioned (see l ists in
F M 21-6).
70
35. General Lubrication Instructions
T E MPE R AT UR E R ANGE S . Lubricants are prescribed in the
"KE Y" on the Lubrication Order in accordance with three tem
perature ranges: "above + 32 F . ," "f rom + 32 F . to 0 F . ," and
"bel ow 0 F . " T he time to change to l ubricants prescribed f or a
dif f erent range is determined by maintaining a cl ose check on
operation of the materiel during the approach to prol onged periods
when temperatures wil l be consistentl y higher or l ower. Because
of the time el ement invol ved in preparing f or operation at l ower
prevail ing temperatures, a change to l ubricants prescribed f or
the next l ower range wil l be undertaken the moment operation
becomes sl uggish. Ordinaril y, it wil l be necessary to change l ubri
cants
INT E R VALS . S ervice interval s specif ied are based on normal
operating conditions and continuous use of the materiel with f re
quent f iring. R educe these interval s under extreme conditions such
as excessivel y high air temperatures, prol onged periods of travel
ing or f iring, operation in sand or dust, immersion in water, or
exposure to moisture. Any one of these conditions may quickl y
destroy the protective qual ities of the l ubricant, and require
servicing in order to prevent mal f unctioning or damage to the
materiel .
c. LUBR IC AT ING E QUIPME NT . (1) C l ean l ubricating equipment
both bef ore and af ter use. Operate l ubricating guns caref ul l y and
in such manner as to insure proper distribution of the l ubricant.
If l ubricating f itting val ves stick and prevent the entrance of
l ubricant, remove the f itting and determine and el iminate the
cause. R epl ace broken or damaged l ubricators. If l ubricator can
not be repl aced immediatel y, cover hol e with tape, as a temporary
expedient to prevent the entrance of dirt. If oil l ines become
cl ogged, disassembl e the l ines and remove the obstruction.
(2) Lubricating f ittings, grease cups, oil ers, oil hol es, and f il l ,
l evel , and drain pl ugs are marked with a red circl e %, inch in
diameter, f or ready identif ication. D o not paint f ittings. E xcep
tions are the recoil mechanism f il l er pl ugs, which are painted
green when the mechanisms are f il l ed with recoil oil (special ).
(3) Wipe l ubricators and surrounding surf aces cl ean bef ore
appl ying l ubricant. Where rel ief val ves are provided, appl y new
l ubricant until the ol d l ubricant is f orced f rom the vent. E xcep
tions are specif ied in notes on the Lubrication Order. Metal sur
f aces on which a f il m of l ubricant must be maintained by manual
appl ication wil l al ways be wiped cl ean bef ore the f il m is renewed.
C LE ANING. (1) Use rif l e bore cl eaner to cl ean or wash al l
71
metal parts, whenever partial or total disassembl y is undertaken,
or when renewing the protective l ubricant f il m on exposed metal
surf aces. Use of gasol ine f or cl eaning is prohibited. D ry al l parts
thoroughl y bef ore l ubricating. F l ushing of gear cases and bear
ing housings wil l not be undertaken by the using arm.
(2) C are must be taken when cl eaning oil and grease compart
ments to insure the compl ete removal of al l residue or sediment.
D irt or other f oreign matter shoul d not be al l owed to drop into
any of the l ubricating compartments.
ME T H OD S OF LUBR IC AT ION. Methods of l ubrication are out
l ined in the respective maintenance paragraphs of each major
unit or assembl y. Lubricants, quantities, and interval s wil l be
f ound on War D epartment Lubrication Order 9-335.
36. Lubrication under Severe Conditions
S UBZE R O T E MPE R AT UR E S . (1) Operation at be
l ow 0 F . presents probl ems that demand special precautions and
caref ul servicing to prevent mal f unction or mechanical f ail ure.
C l eanl iness is imperative and al l assembl ies and mechanisms wil l
be disassembl ed to the extent necessary to remove al l ol d l ubri
cants, rust, dirt, and other f oreign matter. Ordnance maintenance
personnel wil l disassembl e, cl ean, and l ubricate those assembl ies
which the using arm is not authorized to disassembl e.
(2) S urf aces l ubricated manual l y at
prescribed interval s with oil or grease wil l receive onl y a very thin
f il m of l ubricant. E xcessive oil or grease on such parts wil l thicken
and cause sl uggish action at extremel y l ow temperatures.
(3) T he cradl e and howitzer sl ides
shoul d be cl eaned thoroughl y of al l summer l ubricant and sur
f aces stoned smooth. R el ubricate as indicated on l ubrication order
(f igs. 48 and 49).
(4) (a) Lubricate in accordance with in
structions in WD LO 9-335.
D uring temporary inactive periods, in col d weather, an
excessive amount of oil is not necessary, f or l ess preservative is
needed f or protection against corrosion than in warmer weather,
A thorough coating of oil whil e disassembl ed as in step above,
wil l protect f or an indef inite period of time, depending upon
weather conditions and the amount of exposure of the breech
mechanism.
(5) Lubricate as prescribed in the l ubrication
order (f igs. 48 and 49).
(6) Gear trains on the top carriage wil l be
the most critical probl em of l ubrication during subzero operation.
72
Winterization must be done by ordnance units, as compl ete dis
assembl y is required. T he l ubrication orders shoul d be consul ted
f or l ubricant to be used. When gear trains are winterized, onl y
the gears and bearings shoul d be coated; additional l ubrication
must be sparing. Overl ubrication wil l resul t in increasing hand-
wheel ef f ort to the point where operation wil l be hindered.
E xtreme care shoul d al ways be util ized when l ubricating
the gear trains of the el evating and traversing mechanisms. If
l ubrication instructions are not f ol l owed, mal f unctions may resul t
which wil l require compl ete overhaul by ordnance maintenance
personnel .
(7) Use a l ight coating of
l ubricant, as overl ubrication wil l resul t in dif f icul t traverse. T he
l ubrication order prescribes the l ubricant to be used.
(8) T he el evating and
traversing arcs shoul d be l ubricated very sparingl y with the
l ubricant prescribed in the l ubrication order.
Interval s must be determined by inspection. Because of
the smal l amount of l ubricant used, inspect dail y to make sure
that al l parts have suf f icient l ubricant. F ail ure to f ol l ow this
procedure may resul t in an unserviceabl e weapon.
(9) Packing of wheel bearings must be done
with the utmost care. A tendency to overpack them is predomi
nant. T his promotes f reezing of the wheel s and prevents f urther
travel of the weapon. When packing wheel bearings, make sure
that they are f irst thoroughl y cl eaned with dry cl eaning sol vent.
D ry thoroughl y bef ore repacking. Pack by kneading the grease
into the rol l ers, rotating the bearing at the same time. At no time
shal l any of the ol d l ubricant or any of the dry cl eaning sol vent
be l ef t on the bearings, as this contaminates the new l ubricant
that is being appl ied.
C are must be taken not to handl e the bearings with the bare hands as
the moisture f rom the skin wil l corrode the bearings.
(10) It is important that proper l ubrica
tion be appl ied to the brake camshaf t bearing, and al so to the
brake anchor pins. When the wheel s are removed f or bearing
l ubrication, remove pl ug and insert f itting. Lubricate sparingl y
and then repl ace pl ug. T he l ubrication order prescribes the
proper l ubricant.
Caution: When l ubricating the brake parts, keep l ubricant away
f rom inside of brake drum or shoes.
H IGH T E MPE R AT UR E S . (1) S pecial l ubrication servicing
wil l not ordinaril y be required as l ubricants prescribed f or tem
peratures above 32 F . provide adequate protection at extremel y
high temperatures. It may be necessary, however, to reduce
73
service interval s and l ubricate more f requentl y during prol onged
periods of f iring.
(2) T he quantities of oil in the repl enisher and counterrecoil
systems of the recoil mechanism shoul d be checked as described
in paragraph and /.
c. S E VE R E D US T OR S AND C OND IT IONS . (1) If considerabl e
dust or sand is present, the traversing and el evating arcs must
be cl eaned and l ubricated at f requent interval s.
(2) C l ean thoroughl y when f iring is over, and then rel ubricate.
H IGH H UMID IT Y, MOIS T UR E , AND S ALT AIR C OND IT IONS . T he
bore of the tube, and the breech mechanism, shoul d be kept heavil y
oil ed and shoul d be inspected dail y f or traces of rust.
Section XII. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE
37. General
a. Preventive maintenance services prescribed by Army R egu
l ations are a f unction of using organization echel ons of mainte
nance. T his section contains schedul es of preventive maintenance
service al l ocated to crew (f irst-echel on) and to organizational
(second-echel on) maintenance.
6. Incidents of wear, breakage, cl eaning, and inspection make
necessary the occasional disassembl y of various parts of the
howitzer and carriage. T he battery personnel may, in general ,
do such dismounting as is required f or the assembl ing of battery
spare parts and f or the maintenance prescribed herein. Any dif f i
cul ty which cannot be overcome by the prescribed method must
be brought to the attention of ordnance maintenance personnel .
T he battery personnel wil l not attempt to disassembl e any part
of the materiel not authorized in this manual .
38. Common Procedures
T he f ol l owing general preventive maintenance wil l be ob
served in addition to that ref erred to in the schedul es bel ow.
6. Avoid getting dry cl eaning sol vent or l ubricants on tires,
rubber hose, or el ectric wire insul ations, as petrol eum products
are extremel y injurious to rubber. Any sol vent or l ubricant which
comes into contact with rubber parts wil l be removed immediatel y.
Wash rubber parts and equipment with soap sol ution (^
pound of soap chips to a gal l on of water) or with water al one.
T he use of tool s which do not f it snugl y on the parts must be
avoided. T hey wil l not onl y f ail to tighten the part properl y, but
wil l damage the parts being tightened, and there is the danger of
rendering them usel ess.
74
e. Loose parts wil l be kept tightened, broken parts repl aced,
paint kept in good condition, etc.
/. R ust, dirt, grit, gummed oil , and water cause rapid deterio
ration of internal mechanisms and outer unpainted surf aces. Par
ticul ar care must be taken to keep al l bearing surf aces cl ean and
properl y l ubricated. Wiping cl oths and dry cl eaning sol vent are
f urnished f or this purpose. R ust is an enemy of iron and steel .
Al l traces of it must be removed f rom unpainted surf aces with
crocus or abrasive cl oth.
If burs on bearing surf aces of mechanisms cannot be re
moved with crocus or abrasive cl oth, report to ordnance main
tenance personnel .
Water f rom a high-pressure hose must not be pl ayed on any
part of the gun or carriage. Wash with a sponge and water.
C aref ul l y dry parts which have become wet during washing, and
then oil the parts in the manner prescribed in section XI. Bef ore
washing, take of f removabl e sighting equipment f rom the materiel
to be cl eaned. In cases where it is not removabl e, cover the
parts properl y.
S ighting and f ire control equipment wil l not be painted by
the using arm.
In disassembl y, assembl y, and inspection, extreme care must
be exercised to prevent dust, dirt, and other f oreign matter f rom
entering mechanisms of the gun and carriage. Keep the materiel
cl ean. C l ean parts such as bearings, sl ide surf aces, threads, etc. ,
thoroughl y, and l ubricate bef ore assembl ing. Never use a steel
hammer on any part of the gun or carriage. If a copper, rawhide,
or l ead hammer is not avail abl e, use a bl ock of wood as a buf f er.
T he breech and muzzl e covers wil l be used when the howitzer
is not in service. When the howitzer is inactive f or a considerabl e
time, prepare f or storage as in paragraph 120.
R epair without del ay any l oose grommets or rips in canvas
covers; f ail ure to make immediate repairs may al l ow a minor
def ect to devel op into major damage. T o prevent f ormation of
damaging mil dew, shake out and air the canvas covers f or several
hours at f requent interval s. Mil dewed canvas is best cl eaned by
scrubbing with a dry brush. If mil dew has been present, examine
f abric caref ul l y by stretching and pul l ing f or evidence of rotting
or weakening of f abric where mil dew has been. If f abric shows
indication of l oss of tensil e strength, it is probabl y not worth
retreatment. Oil and grease can be removed by scrubbing with
issue soap and warm water. R inse wel l with cl ean water and dry.
Caution: At no time is gasol ine or sol vent to be used to remove
oil or grease spots f rom canvas.
F or waterproof ing of canvas, see T M 9-850.
75
m. C heck f or l ights that are out or f l ickering. C heck entire
wiring system f or serviceabl e condition and f or tight connections,
incl uding jumper cabl es, coupl ing sockets, and l amp brackets.
S ee that ground connections are tight and f ree f rom corrosion.
Lettering on name pl ates and direction pl ates must be kept
l egibl e and wil l not be painted over.
S ee paragraph 2a f or gun book.
39. O rganizational (F irst-Echelon) Maintenance Schedules
a. WE E KLY S E R VIC E .
Gun tube.
Lubricate.
C l ean gun bore.
Note condition of l evel ing
pl ates.
WD LO 9-335.
Par. 56.
Par. 60f t. R emove
rust f rom l ev
el ing pl ates
with crocus
cl oth.
F iring
mechanism.
Breech
mechanism as
a unit.
E xamine the mechanism Par. 66.
cl osel y f or signs of rust,
as the highl y f inished
surf aces of the f iring
mec. hanism rust very
easil y.
Note smoothness of oper- Par. 58.
ation of the breech
mechanism in opening
and cl osing. If the
mechanism binds or
does not operate smooth-
. l y, disassembl e, cl ean,
examine the parts f or
wear or breakage, and
repl ace unserviceabl e
parts. Lubricate and
reassembl e. If it is stil l
dif f icul t to operate, noti
f y ordnance mainte
nance personnel .
76
Breechbl ock.
Breechbl ock car
rier assembl y.
Obturator
spindl e.
Gas check pad.
C ounterbal ance
assembl y.
R ecoil and coun-
terrecoil piston
rod nuts.
R ecoil
mechanism.
E xamine the breechbl ock
and breech recess f or
burs, indentations on
the threads, rust, pit
ting, and other evidence
of corrosion.
E xamine the breechbl ock
carrier assembl y, the
machined surf ace on
which the breechbl ock
rotates, and hinge pin
f or roughened or scored
condition.
C l ean the f ace of the obtu
rator spindl e and ream
the obturator spindl e
venthol e. E xamine ob
turator spindl e f or burs.
E xamine the spl it rings
f or burs or cracks. R e
pl ace the def ective
rings.
E xamine gas check pad
f or bruises or torn cov
ering. R epl ace def ec
tive pad.
T est the mechanism to see
that it f unctions prop
erl y at dif f erent degrees
of el evation.
Make certain the recoil
and counterrecoil piston
rod nuts are f ul l y en
gaged and f astened
with cotter pins.
Inspect f or l eakage at re
coil rod and counterre
coil rod stuf f ing boxes.
Par. 60c2.
Par. 60e.
Par. 600.
Par. 60/.
If out of adjust
ment, notif y
ordnance main
tenance person
nel .
Par 72a.
Par. 52.
910712 O 50 6
77
R ecoil sl ides and
guides.
R ecoil repl en-
isher piston.
R ecoil cyl inder oil
index.
Wipers.
Variabl e recoil
rod (exposed
surf aces).
E l evating cl utch
mechanism.
Brake air
reservoir.
T ires.
Locating surf aces
(as quadrant
seats) and ex
ternal unpaint-
ed metal sur
f aces (al l
sighting and
f ire control
equipment).
E xposed surf aces
of l enses.
Pars. 53 and
Par. 726 and /.
Inspect cl osel y f or scores,
bruises, or pitting.
C heck position.
C heck position.
S ee that the f ront gun rail
wipers and upper and
l ower rear gun rail
wipers are in good con
dition so that they wil l
prevent dust or sand
f rom entering the sl ides
of the recoil mechanism.
C l ean and oil .
Inspect f or proper f unc- Par. 11 & and
D rain.
Brake air f il ter. D rain.
C heck air pressure.
C heck f or cuts and breaks.
C heck tread f or f oreign
bodies (nail s, stones,
etc. ).
Wipe cl ean and oil . When
there is evidence of cor
rosion or gummy de
posits, cl ean with dry
cl eaning sol vent.
Par. 87e.
Par. 876.
Pars. 6 and 84/.
Appl y f il m of pre
servative l ubri
cating oil
(special ).
C l ean. Par. 103c.
78
Gun, carriage,
and l imber as a
unit.
Make over-al l inspection
f or general appearance
and cl eanl iness, and
condition of paint.
C heck f or tightness of
al l f astenings.
E xamine al l exposed un-
painted surf aces f or
signs of rust.
Make over-al l check f or
cracked, damaged, or
missing or distorted
parts.
BE F OR E F IR ING.
Gun tube.
Gun bore.
Breech
mechanism.
F iring
mechanism.
R ecoil and
counterrecoil
piston rod nuts.
R ecoil
mechanism
repl enisher.
Wipe of f excess l ubricant
f rom exposed gun tube.
Wipe the bore dry with
cl ean, dry burl ap or
wiping cl oth.
C heck f or proper f unc
tioning.
C heck f or proper f unc
tioning.
Note that these nuts are
f ul l y engaged and f ast
ened with cotter pins.
Open and cl ose
several times
and note ease
of operation.
S ec. XVI.
Par. 72a.
C heck position of piston. Pars. 53 and 72e.
R ecoil cyl inder. C heck position of index. Par. 726 and /.
E l evating
mechanism.
C heck f or proper f unc
tioning.
Par. 11. E l evate
and depress
several times,
noting backl ash
and action of
equil ibrators.
79
E quil ibrator.
T raversing
mechanism.
C heck setting of equil i-
brator temperature ad
justing scal e.
C heck f or proper f unc
tioning.
C arriage, trail s,
and spades.
Af ter the weapon is in f ir
ing position, but bef ore
f iring, make certain that
the carriage is empl aced
f irml y, that the trail s
are properl y spread,
and that the spades set
securel y in position.
c. D UR ING F IR ING.
Gun bore.
F iring
mechanism.
Breech
mechanism.
Whenever the rate of f ire
permits, examine the
bore f or powder f oul
ing. S wab powder
chamber with water
and dry. C l ean with
bore brush if necessary.
C heck between rounds f or
proper f unctioning.
Whenever the rate of f ire
permits, remove powder
f oul ing f rom the primer
seat and primer vent.
Wash powder f oul ing
f rom the f ace of the
obturator spindl e. C heck
f or proper f unctioning.
Par. 74a.
Par. 78. T raverse
several times
throughout
entire range. If
traverse is
hard, cl ean; if
action is stil l
hard, notif y
battery
mechanic.
S ec. VI.
Par. 56.
S ec. XVI.
S ec. XV.
80
Point
R ecoil indicator.
Measure the l ength of re
coil af ter the f irst f ew
rounds, and at regul ar
interval s when practi
cabl e.
R ecoil cyl inder.
R ecoil
mechanism
repl enisher.
C arriage, trail s,
and spades.
C heck position of index at
f requent interval s.
C heck position of piston
at f requent interval s.
Make certain that the car
riage is f irml y empl aced
at al l times, and that
"the spades and trail s
are absorbing the shock
of recoil properl y.
Par. 17c and f igs.
70 and 71. If the
l ength of recoil
does not f al l
within the
desired l imits
when the gun
is operated at
normal temper
atures notif y
ordnance
maintenance
personnel .
Par. 726 and /.
Pars. 53 and 72e.
S ec. VI.
AF T E R F IR ING.
R ecoil
mechanism.
R ecoil cyl inder.
Obturator
spindl e.
R ecoil
mechanism
repl enisher.
Make over-al l inspection. S ec. XVIII.
C heck position of index Par. 726 and /.
and reestabl ish reserve
if necessary.
S wab head of spindl e. Par. 600.
C l ean primer vent.
R eam primer seat with
reamer. C heck erosion
of primer seat with un-
f ired primer.
C heck position of piston. Pars. 53 and 72e.
81
E l evating
mechanism.
T raversing
mechanism.
C arriage.
Brakes.
Wheel s and tires.
Inspect over-al l and check
f or proper f unctioning.
Inspect over-al l and check
f or proper f unctioning.
C l ean carriage thoroughl y.
Inspect f or condition.
When damaged, notif y
ordnance maintenance
personnel .
Inspect.
Inspect.
BE F OR E T R AVE LING.
Gun bore.
T ravel ing l ocks.
F ront spades.
T rail s.
T ires.
Par. 76.
Par. 78.
Par. 87.
Par. 85.
Open the breech and make
certain the gun bore is
cl ear; cl ose the breech.
On the f iel d carriage Ml ,
make certain that the
cradl e l ock and the tra
versing mechanism l ock
are l ocked. On the
howitzer motor carriage
M43, make certain that
the tube is cl amped by
the howitzer travel ing
l ock and that the cradl e
travel ing tie rods are
instal l ed and tight.
Make certain the f ront
spades are inserted in
their proper positions
on the trail s f or travel
ing and that the spade
keys are put in pl ace.
Make sure the trail s are
raised and properl y
cl amped to the l imber
f or travel ing.
C heck f or proper inf l a- Par 6.
tion.
Pars. and 23a
and
Par. 22o.
Par. 226.
82
Air brakes.
Air brake hose.
On-carriage
accessories.
C heck connections be
tween carriage, l imber,
and prime mover. A
rapid inspection of the
f unctioning of the sys
tem shoul d be made be
f ore the unit is moved
in convoy.
C heck break-away emer
gency action.
H ose coupl ings must be
cl ean, dry, f ree f rom
grit, and properl y
seated. H ose shoul d be
f astened in such man
ner as to be cl ear be
tween the prime mover
and the towed l oad to
prevent damage to the
hose in movement.
Inspect and make certain
that al l accessories and
equipment that have
provisions f or being
carried "on-carriage"
when travel ing, are in
pl ace and f astened
properl y.
T ow the l oad
sl owl y and
appl y the
service brake,
and observe
whether or not
the towed l oad
opposed the
movement
imparted on
the prime
mover.
D isconnect the
coupl ings in
the emergency
l ine af ter
cl osing the cut
out cock. T he
brakes shoul d
appl y
immediatel y.
Par.
83
D rawbar.
Brake air
reservoir.
Inspect connections be
tween the l unette on
the l imber and the pin
tl e of the prime mover.
Make certain that the
l unette is securel y en
gaged and hooked" in
the pintl e.
D rain. Par.
MONT H LY S E R VIC E . Perf orm al l weekl y services as l isted
above and, in addition, the f ol l owing:
S l ack adjuster. Inspect and adjust.
Brake air f il ters. R emove and cl ean.
E yeshiel ds of
tel escopes.
C l ean and dust.
Par. 87a.
Par. 876.
C l ean with soap
and water, dry,
then dust with
tal c. Wipe
cl ean and appl y
a drop of
l ubricating oil .
C l ean and oil .
T hreads of
cl amping
thumbscrews
on tel escope
mounts and
instrument
l ights.
QUAR T E R LY S E R VIC E . Perf orm al l weekl y and monthl y serv
ices as l isted above and, in addition, the f ol l owing:
Lubricating
f ittings of tel e
scope mount
M18A1 and
mount quad
rant Ml .
C l ean and grease.
Appl y l ubricating
grease
(special ).
84
S E MIANNUAL S E R VIC E .
Gun, carriage,
and l imber.
C heck to see that al l au
thorized modif ications
have been appl ied.
Wheel and
bearing.
C l ean and grease.
l ist of current
Modif ication
Work Orders is
publ ished in
F M 21-6. If a
modif ication
has not been
appl ied, notif y
the l ocal ord
nance of f icer.
No al teration
or modif ication
which wil l
af f ect the
moving parts
wil l be made
by the using
personnel ex
cept as author
ized by the
Ordnance
D epartment.
WD LO 9-335.
40. O rganizational (Second-Echelon) Maintenance Schedules
WE E KLY.
R ecoil
mechanism.
C heck oil index. Par. 726 and /. If
there is exces
sive l eakage
around oil in
dex, f il l ing
pl ug, or recoil
stuf f ing box
head, notif y
ordnance
maintenance
personnel .
85
BE F OR E F IR ING.
Breech
mechanism and
f iring
mechanism.
R ecoil
mechanism.
C heck breech mechanism
and f iring mechanism
f or broken or worn
parts.
R epl ace broken
or worn parts.
S ees. XV and
XVI.
R eestabl ish oil reserve. Par. 726 and
C heck f unctioning of
oil index.
D UR ING F IR ING.
R ecoil
mechanism.
C heck f unctioning of oil
index. If the oil index
is stuck, f iring may be
continued in an emer
gency by draining of f
al l the reserve oil and
ref il l ing with approxi
matel y 2 pints of oil .
C ontinue f iring until the
howitzer returns to bat
tery with a shock. T his
indicates a surpl us of
reserve oil . D rain of f
and reestabl ish reserve.
When the howitzer f ail s
to return or is sl ow in
returning to battery, in
suf f icient reserve oil is
indicated. Add oil until
reserve has been rees
tabl ished.
T he oil pump shoul d be
cal ibrated with rel ation to
the number of strokes per
pint of oil .
Par. 726 and
S ec. XVIII.
86
Section XIII. MALF UNCTIO NS AND CO RRECTIO NS
41. General
A mal f unction is an improper or f aul ty action of some part, or
parts, of the weapon that may resul t in a stoppage or f ail ure to
f ire.
42. F ailure to F ire
F AILUR E OF F IR ING ME C H ANIS M. (1) If the gun f ail s to
f ire, make two more attemps to f ire. Af ter the l ast attempt, wait
at l east 60 seconds, then make sure that the f iring mechanism is
screwed in as f ar beyond the l atch as possibl e. If it is, and if the
primer is struck sol idl y, repl ace the primer and continue f iring.
If the percussion el ement of the primer is struck l ightl y, the
troubl e may be that the l anyard was not pul l ed hard enough;
repl ace the primer and pul l the l anyard with considerabl e snap.
(2) D isassembl e the f iring mechanism and repl ace the f iring
pin if def ormed. If f iring pin is not def ormed, cl ean al l the parts
with dry cl eaning sol vent. D ry thoroughl y and rel ubricate l ightl y.
GUN F AILS T O F IR E AF T E R PR IME R H AS D IS C H AR GE D . (1)
If the primer is heard to f ire and gun does not f ire, the venthol e
through the obturator spindl e may be f oul ed or damp. Wait at
l east 60 seconds and remove the primer. C l ean the venthol e.
(2) T he charge may be damp. R emove the propel l ing charge
and repl ace.
(3) T he propel l ing charge may be wrongl y inserted in the
chamber. E xamine the charge and make sure that the igniter end
(red end) of the charge is f acing the breechbl ock.
PR IME R D OE S NOT D IS C H AR GE . If the primer does not dis
charge, it is due to one of the f ol l owing reasons:
(1) Pul l the l anyard with consider
abl e snap.
(2) Adjust the f ir
ing mechanism so that the primer seats properl y.
(3) R emove f iring mech
anism and disassembl e. Wash al l parts f ree f rom dirt or gummed
oil with rif l e bore cl eaner. D ry thoroughl y and l ubricate with
seasonal grade engine oil . R epl ace broken parts.
(4) Insert new primer and continue f iring.
43. Excessive Blowback
R emove the primer. If primer is spl it or ruptured, it indicates
an excessivel y eroded primer seat in the obturator spindl e pl ug.
R epl ace pl ug as directed in paragraph 600.
87
44. Breech Mechanism Does Not O perate F reely
a. If the breech mechanism does not operate f reel y, disassembl e
breech mechanism. C l ean al l parts thoroughl y and rel ubricate
l ightl y. If the breechbl ock and breech recess threads have burs
and scores, notif y ordnance maintenance personnel .
6. If the breechbl ock cl oses hard at high angl es of f iring, notif y
ordnance maintenance personnel .
If the breechbl ock does not open (seized breechbl ock), tap
the rear of the breechbl ock with brass hammer and, at the same
time, have a man exert a reasonabl e pul l on the breech operating
l ever. If this f ail s, insert a l ong 4- x 4-inch timber (wrapped with
burl ap to protect the bore) down the muzzl e end of the tube so
that pressure can be appl ied to the breechbl ock f rom the inside,
whil e a man exerts a reasonabl e pul l on the breech operating
l ever. If this f ail s to rel ieve the seized breechbl ock, notif y ord
nance maintenance personnel . If the breechbl ock seizes when the
weapon is l oaded, do not use the timber, but notif y ordnance
maintenance personnel .
45. Gun Returns to Battery with Too Great a Shock
a. T he return of the gun into battery with too great a shock
may be caused by insuf f icient oil in the repl enisher, excess oil in
the counterrecoil mechanism, change of viscosity of oil due to
rapid f iring, or a broken repl enisher spring.
R ef il l the repl enisher (par. and drain the reserve oil of f
and ref il l to normal (par. 72/). Al l ow mechanism to cool bef ore
continuing f iring. If this mal f unction is not then corrected, notif y
ordnance maintenance personnel .
46. Gun O verrecoils
a. Overrecoil ing of the gun (f igs. 74 and 75) may be caused by
insuf f icient oil in the recoil cyl inder, insuf f icient gas pressure in
the recuperator, or by mal f unction of the variabl e recoil mech
anism.
R ef il l the repl enisher (par. 72e). If action is not normal ,
then notif y ordnance maintenance personnel .
47. Gun Underrecoils
If the gun underrecoil s, the recoil mechanism may not be
warmed up and the oil may be too thick. If the gun does not
recoil normal l y af ter a f ew rounds, notif y ordnance maintenance
personnel .
C l ean and l ubricate the tube bearing surf ace. If the bear
ing surf ace is scored, notif y ordnance maintenance personnel .
88
48. Gun Will Not Return to Battery
When the gun does not return to battery, it may be that
there is insuf f icient oil in the counterrecoil system or insuf f icient
gas pressure.
D rain of f and ref il l the oil reserve. If this does not correct
the action, notif y ordnance maintenance personnel .
49. Gun Slow to Return to Battery When O il Indication Is
Normal
T his condition is caused by insuf f icient gas pressure or excess
f riction in the packings and cannot be corrected in the f iel d;
notif y ordnance maintenance personnel .
50. Uneven or Jerky Recoil Action
T his condition may be caused by air having been admitted
into the oil , l ack of l ubrication, or scoring on the gun sl ides and
cradl e guides. E vidence of air present is noticeabl e by f oaming
or f rothing of the oil when it is bl ed f rom the recoil cyl inder.
If there is evidence of air in recoil cyl inder, notif y ordnance
maintenance personnel . Inspect, cl ean, and l ubricate the gun
sl ides and cradl e guides.
51. No Sound of Air Escaping from Relief Valve in Counterrecoil
Head During Counterrecoil
T he air rel ief val ve in the counterrecoil cyl inder f ront head may
become rusted shut, may have col l ected f oreign matter under the
seat preventing cl osing, or may have a broken val ve spring or
scored seat. R emove setscrew. R emove the guide, val ve spring,
val ve, and val ve housing f rom the counterrecoil cyl inder f ront
head. C l ean parts and repl ace if broken or damaged. R eassembl e
the rel ief val ve back in the head, taking care to assembl e parts in
their proper order. T he counterrecoil cyl inder f ront head shoul d
not be removed to cl ean or repair the rel ief val ve.
52. O il Leakage
OIL LE AKS AR OUND R E C OIL R OD OR S T UF F ING BOXE S . Oil
may be observed to l eak f rom around the recoil rod or counter-
recoil rod stuf f ing boxes. R eestabl ish the correct amount of oil in
the repl enisher (par. and drain and reestabl ish the proper
oil reserve (par. 72/). If oil has to be repl aced in the repl enisher
and if the oil reserve has to be reestabl ished so of ten that it inter
f eres with the normal f unction of the weapon, notif y ordnance
maintenance personnel .
89
OIL LE AKS F R OM R E AR OF R E PLE NIS H E R . Whether or not a
serious l eak exists must be determined by the position of the
repl enisher piston and the f requency of ref il l ing required in the
recoil system. T here is no cause f or al arm shoul d the oil drip
rapidl y f rom the rear of the repl enisher when the gun is el evated,
provided the cradl e has been at a minimum el evation on the car
riage f or some time previousl y. If oil continues to drip, notif y
ordnance maintenance personnel .
OIL LE AKS F R OM F OR WAR D E ND OF C OUNT E R R E C OIL C YLIN
D E R . Bl ack oil appearing in f ront of the counterrecoil piston is a
normal condition due to l ubrication. C l ear oil is an indication of a
l eak. R eport l eak of cl ear oil to ordnance maintenance personnel .
E XC E S S IVE LE AKS F R OM R E C UPE R AT OR AND R E C OIL F ILLING
AND D R AIN VALVE . T his may be caused by sticking of val ve or
def ective packing. R eport to ordnance maintenance personnel .
53. Position of Replenisher Piston Does Not Change During
Continued F iring
When repl enisher piston is stuck, drain oil f rom repl enisher
through f il l ing and drain val ve rel ease. R emove pl ug at breech
end of repl enisher. Insert a bl ock of hardwood in the rear of the
repl enisher against the piston end, and tap with a hammer.
R ef il l the repl enisher. (If piston does not move as oil is pumped
in, notif y ordnance maintenance personnel . ) D rain oil again. If
piston moves toward muzzl e end of repl enisher, f il l until piston is
5% inches f rom rear f ace (par. If piston does not move,
notif y ordnance maintenance personnel . If a howitzer in the
hands of the using arms is not being f ired, the repl enisher shoul d
be exercised, as described above, at l east once a month. T here are
two 0. 08-inch (2-mm) hol es in the repl enisher piston guide and
one 0. 12-inch (3-mm) hol e in the repl enisher cyl inder, which are
f or the purpose of draining the cyl inder of accumul ated oil that
has passed the repl enisher piston, and of providing f or the cir
cul ation of air through the repl enisher. T he two hol es in the piston
guide are in the center of the f ace spanner wrench hol es. T he
cyl inder hol e is in the under side of the repl enisher about 1^
inches f rom the rear end. It is very important that these hol es be
kept open. T hey can be cl eaned with a smal l copper wire. T he
wal l s of a repl enisher shoul d never be struck with a hammer or
any other articl e. . If the repl enisher cyl inder becomes dented in
any way, report the f act to ordnance maintenance personnel .
54. Malfunction of Brakes
BR AKE S F AIL T O OPE R AT E . (1) S ource of air suppl y may
90
be shut of f at prime mover. Open output cocks in air l ines at- rear
of prime mover.
(2) R eservoir drain cock may be open. C l ose drain cock on
reservoir.
(3) D irt in the air l ines may l odge in the diaphragm seats and
obstruct proper seating, causing l eakage of air f rom the rel ay
emergency val ve exhaust parts. Air is exhausted f rom these parts
onl y when the brake pedal of the prime mover is being moved.
S erious l eakage of air f rom these parts can be heard; smal l
l eakage can be detected by smearing soapsuds over the parts.
R ef er to ordnance maintenance personnel .
(4) T he air l ine hose coupl ings may be l oose or damaged or
the air l ines may l eak. T ighten l oose coupl ings. T est f or l eaks
with soapsuds. If damage is discovered in air l ine tube, hose, or
coupl ings, ref er to ordnance maintenance personnel .
BR AKE R UNS H OT . (1) T he sl ack adjuster may be im
properl y adjusted. Adjust brakes (par. 87a).
(2) Brake parts may be broken or def ormed. R ef er to ord
nance maintenance personnel .
(3) D irt or rust on l inkage may cause air brake to drag and
run hot. C l ean and l ubricate air brake l inkage.
S LOW BR AKE APPLIC AT ION OR S LOW R E LE AS E , (l ) T he
sl ack adjuster may be out of adjustment causing travel of cham
ber push rod. Adjust brakes (par. 87a).
(2) T he air niters may be dirty. C l ean air f il ters (par. 876).
(3) T he air tubing may be dented or the air hose may be
kinked. S traighten kinked air hose but, if air tubing or hose is
damaged, ref er to ordnance maintenance personnel .
(4) D irt or rust on l inkage may retard action of the air brake.
C l ean and l ubricate air brake l inkage.
WE AK BR AKING AC T ION. (1) T he brake l ining may be
worn, gl azed, or greasy. R ef er to ordnance maintenance per
sonnel .
(2) T he sl ack adjuster may be improperl y adjusted. Adjust
brakes (par.
(3) T he air l ines between the air reservoir and the brake push
rod diaphragm chamber may be restricted. R ef er to ordnance
maintenance personnel .
INT E R MIT T E NT BR AKING. (1) Overl ubrication of anchor
pins, camshaf t, or wheel bearings may cause the brake l ining to
become greasy. R ef er to ordnance maintenance personnel .
(2) S l ack adjuster may be improperl y adjusted. Adjust brakes
(par. 87a).
(3) T he brake drum may be scored. R ef er to ordnance main
tenance personnel .
91
(4) T he wheel bearings may have excessive bearing pl ay.
R ef er to ordnance maintenance personnel .
/. BR AKE S D o NOT R E LE AS E . (1) T he air l ine hose may be
improperl y connected to the prime mover. C onnect the hose
coupl ing marked "S E R VIC E " to the service (l ef t) air l ine coup
l ing on the prime mover, and the hose coupl ing marked "E ME R
GE NC Y" to the emergency (right) air l ine coupl ing on the prime
mover.
(2) C ut-out cocks in the air l ines at the rear of the prime
mover may be cl osed. Open the cut-out cocks.
(3) Air l ine tubing or hose may be restricted. C heck al l tub
ing and hose. If damaged tubing or hose is discovered, ref er to
ordnance maintenance personnel .
(4) D irt or rust on l inkage may cause f ail ure of air brake to
rel ease. C l ean and l ubricate air brake l inkage.
D R AGGING BR AKE S . (1) S l ack adjuster may be improperl y
adjusted. Adjust brakes (par. 87a).
(2) T he brake push rod diaphragm springs may be def ective.
R ef er to ordnance maintenance personnel .
(3) D irt and rust may cause air brake to drag. C l ean and
l ubricate the air brake l inkage.
Section XIV. TUBE AND BREECH RING
55. General
a. T he 8-inch howitzer M2 consists of a tube screwed into an
internal thread in the breech ring, and l ocked in pl ace by three
screws. Bearing surf ace f or support and al inement on the car
riage is provided by smoothl y f inished l ongitudinal rail s. T he
breech ring carries l ugs on the side f or support of the breechbl ock
carrier and on the bottom f or attachment of the recoil mecha
nism (f ig. 55).
6. T he inner rear portion of the breech ring f orms the breech
recess, which is divided into eight threaded and f our pl ain sectors
mating with those of the breechbl ock. T wo l evel ing pl ates are
inl aid in the top surf ace of the breech ring.
92
s
o

o
I-
s
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

R
O
T
A
T
I
N
G

C
A
M

R
O
T
A
T
I
N
G

C
A
M

S
C
R
E
W
T
U
B
E
B
R
E
E
C
H

R
I
N
C
H

S
P
I
N
D
L
E

B
U
S
H
I
N
C
-
I
C
O
U
N
T
E
R
B
A
L
A
N
C
E

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y

H
I
N
G
E

P
I
N

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y

R
O
L
L
E
R

A
X
I
S

P
I
N
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

R
O
L
L
E
R

B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

C
A
R
R
I
E
R
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

C
A
T
C
H
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

R
E
A
R

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

R
I
N
G

G
A
S

C
H
E
C
K

(
O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R
)

P
A
D

F
R
O
N
T

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

R
I
N
G

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E
R
A

P
D

8
9
1
4
7
P
E
R
C
U
S
S
I
O
N

H
A
M
M
E
R
56. Maintenance
T he bore shoul d be cl eaned as soon as possibl e af ter f iring.
T he purpose of cl eaning af ter f iring is to remove al l powder
f oul ing, and al l traces of residue and primer sal ts which cause
corrosion. T he purpose of cl eaning on subsequent days is to
remove al l evidence of sweating. A cl ean bore has a unif orm gray
appearance; do not attempt to obtain a bright, pol ished f inish. D o
not try to remove copper f oul ing. S wab the bore with one of the
sol utions mentioned bel ow, and in order of pref erence as l isted.
Use swab of burl ap wound around the end of the bore cl eaning
brush.
(1) T horoughl y cl ean af ter f iring,
and f or 3 consecutive days thereaf ter, with undil uted cl eaner.
Make sure al l surf aces, incl uding the rif l ing, are wel l coated, but
do not wipe dry. On the. third day af ter f iring, cl ean the bore
again with rif l e bore cl eaner. If the weapon wil l probabl y be
f ired within the next 24 hours, do not wipe dry; but, if it wil l not
be f ired within that time, wipe dry and coat with the prescribed
oil .
(6) When the piece is not being f ired, cl ean the bore weekl y
with rif l e bore cl eaner, wipe dry, and reoil .
(2) As a temporary measure af ter f iring, the
bore may be cl eaned by swabbing with quantities of hot water
whil e the bore is stil l hot. D ry the bore thoroughl y af ter cl eaning
and coat with oil immediatel y to prevent rusting. As swabbing
with hot water may not remove al l the primer sal ts or powder
residue, cl ean the bore with rif l e bore cl eaner as soon as possibl e
thereaf ter.
6. Inspect f or erosion at origin of rif l ing, bruises in the gas
check seat, and burs or roughness on the l evel ing pl ates. C l ean
with bore brush. If the gas check seat is bruised or the l evel ing
pl ates are rough or burred, notif y ordnance maintenance per
sonnel .
Section XV. BREECHI MECHANISM
57. General
a. T he breech mechanism is composed of the breechbl ock car
rier assembl y, breechbl ock assembl y, counterbal ance assembl y,
obturator group, and operating l ever assembl y.
T he breechbl ock is of the interrupted screw (Wel in type),
carrier-supported, 2-cycl e type. An operating l ever (f igs. 18 and
55) is provided which rotates the breechbl ock, and swings the
94
breechbl ock into open or cl osed position. When withdrawn f rom
the breech, the breechbl ock is supported by a breechbl ock carrier
(f ig. 55) hinged to the right side of the breech ring. Motion of
the breechbl ock operating l ever rotates the crankshaf t on which
it is mounted. A crank on the end of this crankshaf t actuates a
crosshead which operates in a recess in the breechbl ock, rotating
the breechbl ock f or opening or cl osing the breech. A rol l er on
the rear f ace of the breechbl ock and a cam on the breech end of
the breech ring (f igs. 18 and 55) give a properl y timed initial
turning movement to the breechbl ock in cl osing. T he breechbl ock
operating l ever is hel d in the cl osed position by a catch (f ig. 18)
which engages a pl ate attached to the carrier.
T he obturator spindl e group (f ig. 57) consists of a mush
room-headed spindl e assembl y, a f ront spl it ring, a gas check
pad, a rear spl it ring, an inner ring, and a f il l ing-in disk. A
through axial hol e in the spindl e provides f or the passage of hot
primer gases into the powder chamber. T his group is hel d in
position against the breechbl ock by a hel ical spring and the f iring
mechanism housing (f ig. 56). As the powder charge is ignited, the
pressure against the spindl e head compresses the gas check pad,
expanding it and the spl it rings to seal ef f ectivel y the powder
chamber.
95
I
b
i
rg
-
Is
S
P
L
I
T

R
I
N
G
S
C
A
S

C
H
E
C
K

P
A
D
I
N
N
E
R

R
I
N
G

F
I
L
L
1
N
G
-
I
N

D
l
S
d
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K
C
A
S
K
E
T

-
r
-
4
f
h

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E

S
P
R
I
N
G
-
,
O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E

P
L
U
G

F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
S
P
I
N
D
L
E

V
E
N
T

B
U
S
H
I
N
G

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
A
N
D
L
E
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

C
A
R
R
I
E
R

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

A
R
C

B
E
A
R
I
N
G

O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R
C
R
A
N
K
S
H
A
F
T

N
U
T
C
R
A
N
K
S
H
A
F
T
B
O
L
T
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G

S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

S
P
R
I
N
G

C
R
O
S
S
H
E
A
D

R
A

P
D

3
8
8
9
4
.
8
-
1

8
.
-
S
I
s
.
I
IaK
^
O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E

^
-

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E

P
L
U
G

-

B
-
2
4
1
P
A
D

C
-
7
0
5
7
3
D
I
S
K

B
-
1
6
3
4
5
4
B
U
S
H
I
N
G
-
A
-
3
6
2
R
I
N
G

B
-
1
6
3
4
5
6
R
I
N
G

B
-
1
6
3
4
5
7
R
I
N
G

B
-
1
9
1
6
1
E
X
P
L
O
D
E
D

V
I
E
W

O
F

O
B
T
U
R
A
T
O
R

S
P
I
N
D
L
E

G
R
O
U
P
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
7
1
3
58. Disassembly of Breech Mechanism
PR E C AUT IONS . (1) Under no circumstances shoul d an at
tempt be made to disassembl e the breech mechanism with the
breech in cl osed position. F ail ure to observe this rul e may resul t
in the displ acement of the spl it rings and the gas check pad, and
the dropping of the rings into the threads of the breech recess.
T his probabl y woul d cause serious damage to the rings and
threads and prevent either the swinging of the breechbl ock out of
the breech recess or the returning of the breechbl ock to cl osed
position.
(2) S houl d this condition occur through accident or carel ess
ness, no attempt shoul d be made to f orce the breechbl ock or the
breechbl ock carrier. With the breechbl ock in unl ocked position,
disconnect the counterbal ance mechanism f rom the hinge pin
(par. 68) and remove the hinge pin bel ow). T he compl ete
breechbl ock carrier and breechbl ock shoul d be caref ul l y removed
rearward f rom the weapon, by several men, l eaving the obstruct
ing parts in the recess f or removal .
6. R E MOVE T H E F IR ING ME C H ANIS M. S ee paragraph 20a.
R E MOVE T H E C OUNT E R BALANC E . Open the breech as de
scribed in paragraph 20a and detach the counterbal ance as de
scribed in paragraph 68.
R E MOVE F IR ING ME C H ANIS M S AF E T Y PLUNGE R H OUS ING AS
S E MBLY (f ig. 58). T urn the f iring mechanism saf ety housing
l ock one-quarter turn with the aid of a screwdriver bl ade. Un
screw the %-inch f l athead machine screw which hol ds the right
end of f iring mechanism saf ety pl unger housing to the breech
bl ock carrier. Unscrew the f iring mechanism saf ety pl unger
housing l ock screw. R emove the saf ety pl unger housing l ock
screw washer, l ock, l ock detent, and detent spring f rom the saf ety
pl unger housing. T he detent shoul d be hel d inward against the
spring pressure as the l ock is removed to prevent the detent and
spring f rom f l ying out. Unscrew the saf ety pl unger handl e and
remove the saf ety pl unger f rom the housing, whil e retaining the
saf ety pl unger spring with the hand to prevent its f l ying out
(f ig. 59).
98
CARRIER
PLUNGER DETENT
\SAFETY PLUNGER
/HOUSING
RA PD 95139
99
8
a

<
S

<
rC
O
I
5

8
I
I
-
S
P
R
I
N
G
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R
'
D
E
T
E
N
T
S
P
R
I
N
G
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
A
N
D
L
E
S
A
F
E
T
Y

P
L
U
N
G
E
R

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
R
A

P
D

9
5
1
4
0
e. R E MOVE F IR ING ME C H ANIS M R E C E IVE R H OUS ING AS S E MBLY,
AND OBT UR AT OR S PIND LE GR OUP. Unscrew the f iring mechanism
receiver housing whil e hol ding mushroom head against the spindl e.
Never unscrew receiver housing f rom obturator spindl e
until breech has been opened.
R emove the housing and the obturator spindl e spring. Withdraw
the obturator spindl e assembl y, spl it rings, inner ring, gas check
pad, and f il l ing-in disk f rom the f ront of the breechbl ock, taking
care not to damage any of the parts.
/. R E MOVE BR E E C H BLOC K C ONT R OL AR C . R emove breechbl ock
control arc screw f rom the f ront f ace of the breech ring. With
draw the control arc.
R E MOVE BR E E C H BLOC K AS S E MBLY. Insert the end of the
wood pol e, 1%, inches in diameter, through the breechbl ock onto
the carrier, and sl ide the breechbl ock of f the carrier pintl e onto
the pol e. R emove breechbl ock and pol e. Withdraw the cotter pin
f rom the breechbl ock rol l er axis pin and remove the pin and
breechbl ock rol l er f rom the upper l ug on the rear of the breech
bl ock.
R E MOVE BR E E C H BLOC K OPE R AT ING LE VE R AS S E MBLY. R e
move the cotter pin f rom the breechbl ock operating l ever bearing
retaining bol t and withdraw the bol t. S l ip the crosshead f rom the
l ef t end of the crankshaf t. With the l ever in cl osed position, with
draw the breechbl ock operating l ever, the operating l ever bear
ing, and crankshaf t f rom the carrier (f ig. 60).
101
o

t
o
l
a

s
'
o

8o
*
8
-
f
t
.
-
B
R
E
E
C
H
B
L
O
C
K

C
R
O
S
S
H
E
A
D
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

C
R
A
N
K
S
H
A
F
T
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

C
A
T
C
H
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R
)

C
A
T
C
H

S
P
R
I
N
G

B
L
O
C
K
(
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

B
E
A
R
I
N
G
-
/

<
v
%
B
R
E
E
C
H

B
L
O
C
K

O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R
-
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

L
E
V
E
R

C
R
A
N
K
S
H
A
F
T

N
U
T
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
7
1
4
REM OV E OPERA TI NG L EV EE CA TCH. Remov e the socket-hea d
setscrew from the cra nksha ft nut a nd then remov e the nut with
the ba r spa nner wrench. Sl ide cra nksha ft out of opera ting l ev er
a nd withdra w opera ting l ev er from opera ting bea ring. Driv e out
the ca tch spring bl ock reta ining pin with a 3/16-inch punch. The
opera ting l ev er ca tch shoul d be pushed down a nd l ifted out of the
opera ting l ev er. Remov e the spring a nd spring bl ock from the
opera ting l ev er ca tch (fig. 60).
REM OV E OPERA TI NG L EV ER CA TCH PL A TE. Unscrew the
breechbl ock opera ting l ev er ca tch pl a te screw a nd remov e the
opera ting l ev er ca tch pl a te from the ca rrier.
REM OV E BREECHBL OCK CA RRI ER HI NGE PI N A SSEM BL Y . Re
mov e the cotter pin from the bottom of the hinge pin a ssembl y.
Dra w the hinge pin a ssembl y upwa rd a nd out whil e supporting
the breechbl ock ca rrier to prev ent its sl ipping from the breech
ring hinge l ugs. (One ma n shoul d support the ca rrier whil e a
second withdra ws the hinge pin.) Remov e the ca rrier from the
l ugs. The breechbl ock ca rrier bea ring wa sher ma y now be re
mov ed from the l ower hinge l ug of the breech ring.
REPL A CEM ENT OF DA M A GED A ND WORN PA RTS. Repl a ce a l l
da ma ged a nd worn pa rts which a re a uthorized for repl a cement by
first a nd second echel on, a nd refer to higher a uthority for repl a ce
ment of other da ma ged or worn pa rts. Cl ea n a nd l ubrica te a s
outl ined in section XI .
59. Assembly of Breech Mechanism
a . I NSTA L L HI NGE PI N A SSEM BL Y , OPERA TI NG L EV ER CA TCH
PL A TE, A ND OPERA TI NG L EV ER CA TCH. Pl a ce the breechbl ock
ca rrier bea ring wa sher in position on the top surfa ce of the l ower
hinge l ug of the breech ring. Pl a ce the breechbl ock ca rrier in
position between the hinge l ugs on the breech ring. I nsert the
hinge pin a ssembl y downwa rd through the v ertica l bore in the
breech ring l ugs a nd the ca rrier, fitting the keywa y of the hinge
pin to the key in the ca rrier. (One ma n shoul d support the ca rrier
whil e a second ma n inserts the hinge pin a ssembl y.) Repl a ce the
cotter pin in the bottom of the hinge pin body. Pl a ce the opera ting
l ev er ca tch pl a te in the U-sha ped sl ot in the right side of the
ca rrier a nd fa sten it with the ca tch pl a te screw. A ssembl e spring
a nd spring bl ock to the opera ting l ev er ca tch a nd a ssembl e in the
opera ting l ev er. I nsert the cra nksha ft, cra nk end to the l eft, into
the breechbl ock opera ting l ev er bea ring, a nd pl a ce the opera ting
l ev er on the end of the cra nksha ft. A ssembl e the cra nksha ft nut
on the cra nksha ft using the ba r spa nner wrench, a nd l ock the
nut with the setscrew.
103
6. I NSTA L L BREECHBL OCK OPERA TI NG L EV ER A SSEM BL Y , A ND
BREECHBL OCK A SSEM BL Y . Repl a ce the breechbl ock rol l er on
rol l er a xis pin a nd press pin into recess on the rea r of the breech
bl ock. Put the cotter pin in pl a ce on the rol l er a xis pin. I nsert
the cross hea d into the cross hea d groov e of the breechbl ock with
the fl a t' side out. Pl a ce the breechbl ock on hea v y wood pol e,
insert pol e into ca rrier hol e, a nd sl ide breechbl ock onto the ca r
rier pintl e. I nsert the opera ting l ev er a ssembl y a l most ful l y into
the tra nsv erse bore of the ca rrier. A l ine cross hea d with the
cra nksha ft a nd push opera ting l ev er a ssembl y into proper posi
tion. I nsert the opera ting l ev er bea ring reta ining bol t a nd pin it
in pl a ce with the cotter pin.
I NSTA L L BREECHBL OCK CONTROL A RC. With the opera ting
l ev er in the down position, repl a ce the control a rc to the front fa ce
.of the breech ring a nd insta l l breechbl ock control a rc screws.
I NSTA L L OBTURA TOP SPI NDL E GROUP, A ND F I RI NG M ECHA
NI SM RECEI V ER HOUSI NG A SSEM BL Y . Pl a ce the obtura tor front
spl it ring, ga s check pa d, rea r spl it ring, inner ring, a nd fil l ing-in
disk on the stem of the obtura tor spindl e a ssembl y in tha t order.
I nsert the threa ded end of the obtura tor spindl e a ssembl y through
the spindl e opening of the breechbl ock a nd breechbl ock ca rrier.
A ssembl e the obtura tor spindl e spring ov er the threa ded end of
the obtura tor spindl e. I nsert the firing mecha nism receiv er hous
ing into the rea r of the ca rrier, a nd pressing forwa rd on the
housing to compress the spring, screw the housing home on the
rea r end of the obtura tor spindl e. M a ke sure tha t the ga s check
pa d a nd spl it rings a re in proper position, concentric with the
spindl e. Screw the receiv er housing in until it sea ts a ga inst the
spindl e (a pproxima tel y sev en ful l turns).
HEA D SPA CE A DJ USTM ENT. Ba ck off the firing mecha nism
receiv er housing a ssembl y sl ightl y to the nea rest position where
the sl ot in the housing wil l a l ine with the firing mecha nism sa fety
pl unger recess in the ca rrier, to a l l ow the sa fety pl unger to enter
the sl ot freel y. A ssembl y in this ma nner a ssures proper hea d
spa ce. To check proper hea d spa ce, use the hea d spa ce ga ge.
I nsert ga ge into the firing mecha nism receiv er housing (fig. 61).
(1) A spa ce between the shoul der of the ga ge a nd the housing
(figs. 61 a nd 62), indica tes proper a ssembl y a nd hea d spa ce.
104
Space den otes proper
assembly an d proper
head space.
RAPD 50499
I
W R I G H T
o
RAPD 50501
F i g u r e 6 2 . C o r r e c t he ad s p ac e .
105
(2) I f the shoul der rests on the housing (fig. 63) improper
a ssembl y a nd hea d spa ce is indica ted. Screw housing one or two
a dditiona l compl ete turns on the obtura tor spindl e a nd recheck
the hea d spa ce.
RAPD 50498
I NSTA L L F I K I NG M ECHA NI SM SA F ETY PL UNGER HOUSI NG
A SSEM BL Y . Pl a ce the firing mecha nism sa fety pl unger spring in
its hol e in the sa fety pl unger, then sl ide them into their position
on the sa fety pl unger housing. Screw the sa fety pl unger ha ndl e
into the sa fety pl unger. Pl a ce sa fety pl unger housing l ock detent
spring a nd detent in the hol e in the l eft side of the sa fety pl unger
housing. Whil e reta ining the l ock detent a nd its spring in posi
tion, fa sten the sa fety pl unger housing l ock to the housing by
screwing in the housing l ock screw behind the housing l ock screw
wa sher. Turn the housing l ock so tha t the housing ca n be pl a ced
in the recess in the rea r of the ca rrier, sl ipping the l eft end
through the fl a nges of the breechbl ock ca rrier reta iner ring.
Rota te the l ock 90 to secure the housing in position. I nsert the
fl a thea d ma chine screw through the hol e in the right end of the
housing into the ca rrier a nd fa sten.
I NSTA L L THE COUNTERBA L A NCE. A tta ch the counterba l a nce
to the ca rrier a nd bra cket a s described in pa ra gra ph 69.
I NSTA L L THE F I RI NG M ECHA NI SM M l . Pl a ce firing mech
a nism into breechbl ock a nd screw it a l l the wa y home.
106
60. Maintenance of Breech Mechanism
GENERA L . Weekl y, when the howitzer is not being fired, the
breech mecha nism (except the ga s check pa d) must be cl ea ned
with dry cl ea ning sol v ent or rifl e bore cl ea ner, dried, a nd l ubri
ca ted a s prescribed in Wa r Depa rtment L ubrica tion Order 9-335.
A ppl ica tion to mov ing pa rts wil l be by oil ca n if oil hol es a re
prov ided; otherwise, use a cl ea n wiping cl oth. Disa ssembl y wil l
be underta ken to the extent necessa ry to insure compl ete l ubrica
tion of a l l mov ing pa rts.
6. CA RE op BREECH M ECHA NI SM . The entire breech mecha
nism incl uding the firing mecha nism, obtura tor spindl e, primer
sea t, primer v ent, fil l ing-in disks, spl it rings, etc., shoul d be dis
a ssembl ed a nd, with the exception of the ga s check pa d, cl ea ned
immedia tel y a fter firing in the sa me sol ution used to cl ea n the
bore. A l l tra ces of powder foul ing a nd primer residue a re to be
ca reful l y remov ed. A fter rinsing in cl ea n wa ter, dry thoroughl y,
a nd l ubrica te a s prescribed on Wa r Depa rtment L ubrica tion Order
9-335. A ppl ica tion to mov ing pa rts wil l be by oil ca n if oil hol es
a re present; otherwise, use a cl ea n wiping cl oth. Cl ea ning wil l be
repea ted da il y, for a t l ea st 3 consecutiv e da ys, until a l l tra ces of
primer residue ha v e been remov ed.
I NSPECTI ON A ND REPL A CEM ENT OP BREECH PA RTS. Exa mine
a l l pa rts for wea r a nd brea ka ge a nd repl a ce unserv icea bl e pa rts.
Rea ssembl e a nd test opera tion; if difficul t to opera te, notify ord
na nce ma intena nce personnel .
BREECHBL OCK A ND BREECH RECESS. Exa mine the breech
bl ock a nd breech recess for burs, indenta tions on the threa ds,
rust, pitting, a nd other ev idences of corrosion. I f not possibl e to
smooth or cl ea n with crocus cl oth, notify ordna nce ma intena nce
personnel . Do not use a ny other a bra siv e.
BREECHBL OCK CA RRI ER A SSEM BL Y . Exa mine the breech
bl ock ca rrier a ssembl y, the ma chined surfa ce on which the breech
bl ock rota tes, a nd hinge pin, for a roughened or scored condition.
Remov e roughness or scores with crocus cl oth.
/. GA S CHECK PA D. (1) Extreme ca re shoul d be exercised
in cl ea ning these ga s check pa ds which a re cov ered with wire
mesh a nd a sbestos. A fter remov a l from the obtura tor spindl e,
the ga s check pa d wil l be wiped cl ea n with a dry cl oth. A fil m of
oil wil l not be a ppl ied. Oil ca uses ra pid deteriora tion; therefore,
ga s check pa ds wil l a l wa ys be repl a ced dry a t a ssembl y. Nev er
cl ea n the ga s check pa d with dry cl ea ning sol v ent or a ny other
type of cl ea ning sol v ent.
When cl ea ning the breech a ssembl ies, preca ution shoul d
be ta ken tha t no bore swa bbing or dry cl ea ning sol v ent conies into
conta ct with the ga s check pa d.
107
(2) The ga s check pa d shoul d be exa mined for bruises or torn
cov ering. Repl a ce defectiv e pa d. Da ma ge to ga s check sea t ca n
not be repa ired by stoning or pol ishing; therefore, extreme ca re
must be ta ken to inspect the pa d.
(3) Qua ntities of a new Neoprene ga s check pa d a re being
issued for extensiv e serv ice tests. Ea ch pa d is issued in a box,
properl y ma rked with ca nnon na me a nd model designa tion. These
ga s check pa ds a re the sa me size a nd sha pe a s the pa ds which
ha v e been issued with the wea pons to da te. The new pa ds a re
sol id Neoprene rubber conta ining no meta l or a sbestos cov ering.
Remov a l from, or a ssembl y to, the obtura tor spindl e is the sa me
a s for the ol d-type pa ds. They a re not a ffected a s much a s rubber
by oil , dry cl ea ning sol v ents, rifl e bore cl ea ner, or wa ter, nor a re
they seriousl y da ma ged if dropped to the ground or by moder
a tel y rough ha ndl ing. Neoprene wil l expa nd (or swel l ) if im
mersed in ga sol ine or sol v ent. The Neoprene ga s check pa ds
dev el op cha fing from the openings in the spl it rings, but cha fing
does not seriousl y a ffect the proper functioning or serv icea bil ity
of these pa ds. Periodic reports on opera tion, ma intena nce, serv
icea bil ity, a nd ma l functioning of the Neoprene ga s check pa ds
shoul d be submitted through technica l cha nnel s to Office, Chief of
Ordna nce, A ttention: ORDF M .
OBTURA TOR SPI NDL E A ND PL UG. (1) Exa mine the obtu
ra tor spindl e for burs a nd, if possibl e, smooth the spindl e, using
crocus or a bra siv e cl oth; if not possibl e, notify ordna nce ma in
tena nce personnel . Exa mine spl it rings for burs or cra cks a nd
repl a ce if necessa ry.
(2) Check erosion of primer sea t. When the hea d of a n unfired
primer, inserted into the pl ug with thumb pressure, is l ess tha n
% inch from rea r fa ce of pl ug (fig. 64), repl a ce obtura tor spindl e
pl ug a s described bel ow. Pl ug wil l not be remov ed from obtura tor
spindl e except for repl a cement. A new ga sket wil l be insta l l ed
when pl ug is repl a ced a s fol l ows:
(a ) Pl a ce the obtura tor spindl e in a v ise with copper ja ws or a
specia l hol ding fixture which ma y be ma de l oca l l y. Remov e the
obtura tor spindl e pl ug by using a wrench a pproxima tel y 18 inches
l ong with a % -inch opening.
(6) To remov e the copper ga sket, peen a round its hol e, thus
reducing the dia meter of the hol e. I nsert a 3/16-inch rod through
front of the obtura tor spindl e to conta ct the ga sket, then ta p the
rod with a ha mmer.
I nsert a new ga sket a nd pl ug, a nd tighten until the dista nce
between rea r fa ce of spindl e a nd fa ce of pl ug is 55/64 inch pl us
1/64 inch (fig. 64). Rea m hol e in ga sket with v ent-cl ea ning tool .
108
OBTURATOR SPINDLE PLUG-B241
SPINDLE
1/8 MIN.
GASKET-A325
PRIMER
55/64
-H/64
RA PD 104247
L EV EL I NG PL A TES. The l ev el ing pl a tes shoul d be protected
a t a l l times. Tool s or other a rticl es wil l not be pl a ced upon them
a t a ny time. I n ca se of da ma ge, repa ir must be ma de by ordna nce
ma intena nce personnel .
Section XVI.
F IRING MECHANISM Ml AND PERCUSSIO N MECHANISM
61. General
a . F I RI NG M ECHA NI SM . (1) The exterior of the firing mech
a nism bl ock ha s a l a rge singl e threa d for screwing into the firing
mecha nism receiv er housing.
(2) The primer hol der (fig. 65) ha s a l eft-ha nd threa d to
prev ent it from becoming l oose when the firing mecha nism is
inserted in its receiv er housing. The firing pin is guided by the
firing pin housing a t the rea r end a nd the firing pin guide a t the
front end. The pin is hel d rea rwa rd by the firing pin spring. The
setscrews secure the primer hol der a nd the firing pin housing
(fig. 65).
(3) The front of the primer hol der ha s a U-sha ped sl ot which
enga ges the rim of the primer. The primer is reta ined in position
by the pressure of the firing pin spring bea ring a ga inst the firing
pin guide.
1)10712 ()5< V -
109
0
3
s5
S
P
R
I
N
G
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M
)

.
*

B
L
O
C
K

P
L
U
N
G
E
R
)

-

P
R
I
M
E
R

H
O
L
D
E
R

-
F
I
R
I
N
G

P
I
N

G
U
I
D
E

r
-

F
I
R
I
N
G

P
I
N

S
P
R
I
N
G
H
A
N
D
L
E
B
L
O
C
K

F
I
R
I
N
G

P
I
N

H
O
U
S
I
N
G
S
H
O
E
S
A
F
E
T
Y

S
E
T

S
C
R
E
W
S
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
7
1
6
(4) A projecting rim on the rea r of the bl ock is a sa fety
fea turea ga inst firinguntil thefiringmecha nismha s beenscrewed
a l l the wa y intothe firing mecha nismhousing a nd l ocked by the
firing mecha nism bl ock pl unger.
PERCUSSI ON M ECHA NI SM (fig. 67). (1) The percussion
mecha nismconsists of the percussionha mmer a nd hinge pin, a nd
the percussion ha mmer l ocking pin. These a re mounted on the
l ower a rm of the firing mecha nism receiv er housing a ssembl y.
When the l a nya rd is a tta ched to the percussion ha mmer a nd
pul l ed, the ha mmer swings ina na rc, a nd strikes the firing pinof
the firingmecha nismM l , firing the piece.
(2) When the percussion ha mmer l ocking pin is rel ea sed, it
protrudes in the pa th of the ha mmer a nd prev ents the ha mmer
frombeingra ised. Whentheknobis dra wntothel eft a nd turned,
the l ocking pin is hel d from the pa th of the ha mmer, a nd the
ha mmer is permitted toswing in its a rc. When the ha mmer is
ra ised, the knob ca n be turned until the l ocking pin enters a
recess in the ha mmer, hol ding the ha mmer in a n inopera tiv e,
upright position.
62. Disassembly of F iring Mechanism Ml
Secure the firing mecha nismbl ock in a soft-ja wed v ise a nd
remov e the socket-hea d setscrews. Using the spa nner-type"firing
mecha nismwrench, unscrewthe firing pinhousingfromthe rea r
end of the bl ock torel ea se the firing pin a nd its spring. Remov e
thefiringmecha nismshoe fromthe rea r setscrewhol e. Usingthe
firingmecha nismwrench, unscrew a nd remov e the primer hol der
fromthefront of thebl ock torel ea sethefiringpinguide (fig. 66).
b. Donot disa ssembl e the firingmecha nismbl ock ha ndl e, bl ock
pl unger, a nd spring, except torepl a ce unserv icea bl e pa rts or to
correct functioning. To disa ssembl e, chip out the sta king, a nd
driv e the stra ight pin from the rea r end of the ha ndl e a nd
pl unger. The pl unger shoul d be hel d inwa rd a ga inst spring pres
sure a s the pin is remov ed sotha t the pl unger is not thrown out
(fig. 66).
Ill
K
>
P
R
I
M
E
R

H
O
L
D
E
R
0
>

0

S
.
<
A

S
C
R
E
W
-
A
1
2
2
6
0
F
I
R
I
N
G

P
I
N
?
_
_
/

G
U
I
D
E
-
A
1
2
2
5
6
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

B
L
O
C
K
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M
M

B
L
O
C
K

P
L
U
N
G
E
R
-
A
2
5
6
2
5
L
C
H
'
E
S

'
I

I
2
!

'
3
!
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

S
H
O
E
-
A
1
2
6
8
8

S
P
R
I
N
G
-
A
1
2
2
6
1
-
F
I
R
I
N
G

P
I
N
-
A
1
2
2
5
8
-
F
I
R
I
N
G

P
I
N

H
O
U
S
I
N
G

P
I
N
-
5
0
5
4
7
9
-
F
I
R
I
N
G

M
E
C
H
A
N
I
S
M

B
L
O
C
K

H
A
N
D
L
E
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
7
1
5
63. Assembly of F iring Mechanism Ml
a . Pl a ce the firing pin guide in the forwa rd end of the firing
mecha nism bl ock, counterbored end inwa rd. Screw the primer
hol der intothe bl ock outside the firing pin guide. Tighten the
hol der a ga inst the interna l shoul der of the bl ock with the firing
mecha nismwrench, a nd a l inethe nea rest notchwiththe setscrew
hol e. I nsert the socket-hea d setscrew a nd tighten it. Pl a ce the
firingpinspringintothe firingpinguide throughthe rea r of the
bl ock. I nsert the rea r end of the firing pin intothe firing pin
housing a nd screw the housing intothe bl ock, using the firing
mecha nismwrench. M a ke sure tha t the firing pin point properl y
enters its hol e inthe center of the guide. Whenthe rea r shoul der
of thehousingis sea ted firml y a ga inst therea r of the bl ock, insert
the copper shoe intothe rea r setscrew hol e, then screw in a nd
tightenthe socket-hea d setscrew (fig. 65). Both setscrews must
be fl ush with, or bel ow the surfa ce of, the bl ock.
I f the firing mecha nism bl ock ha ndl e ha s been remov ed,
rea ssembl e a s fol l ows: Pl a ce the firing mecha nismbl ock pl unger
spring on the body of the firing mecha nism bl ock pl unger a nd
insert intothe bore of the firing mecha nism bl ock ha ndl e guide.
Compress the springuntil the sma l l er end of the pl unger projects
throughthe outer end of the guide. Pl a ce the firing mecha nism
bl ock ha ndl e ov er the guide. A l ine the pinhol es in ha ndl e a nd
pl unger a nd driv e in the 3/32-inch dia meter stra ight pin. Sta ke
the pina t the ends toprev ent l oosening (fig. 66).
64. Disassembly of Percussion Mechanism
Disa ssembl ethepercussionmecha nism, sta rtingwiththeposition
ingpin l oca ted inthe knob (fig. 67), thenremov e the pin in the
l ocking pin knob torel ea se the spring a nd percussion ha mmer
l ocking pin. Remov e pin in forked end of firing mecha nism
receiv er housingtorel ea se hinge pin, thenremov e the percussion
ha mmer.
65. Assembly of Percussion Mechanism
a . I nsta l l the percussion ha mmer in forked end of receiv er
housing, insert hinge pin through housing a nd percussion ha m
mer, a nd secure it in pl a ce with pin. I nsta l l l ocking pin a nd
spring, a nd secure knob tol ocking pinwithpin. I nsta l l position
ingpininknob.
6. When the present stock of the percussion ha mmer l ocking
pin A 25308 (fig. 67) is exha usted, pin A 7226288 wil l be issued.
The percussionha mmer B7226289 is being suppl ied for use with
this newpin.
113
FIRING MECHANISM RECEIVER HOUSING
(PERCUSSION
(HAMMER
STUD
PERCUSSION HAMMER
LOCKING PIN
KNOB
PIN
SPRING
PERCUSSION HAMMER
LOCKING PIN- A25308
PIN
PERCUSSION HAMMER
HINGE PIN
HA PD 11O 947
(1) Pin A 25308 ma y be used with ha mmer B7226289 without
modifica tion.
(2) Pin A 7226288 ma y be used with ol d ha mmer B8485, sub
ject to the fol l owing modifica tion:
The recess in the ha mmer into which the pin sea ts to l ock
the ha mmer in the tra v el ing position ha s been cha nged from
!,4-inch dia meter by V i-inch hol e in ha mmer B8485, to 25/64-inch
dia meter by 5/16-inch hol e in ha mmer B7226289 (fig. 68).
114
fPIN, LOCKING.
^PERCUSSION HAMMER-A7226288
1 ((REPLACES P/N-A25308J
HAMMER, PERCUSSION - B8485
HOLE TO BE REDRILLED TO
THIS SIZE IN OLD HAMMERS
25/64" DIAM.)
C'SINK .03 X 90 \
5/16" DEPTH
RA PD 107718
_
115
(6) The present stock of pins a nd ha mmers wil l be used up
before stock is repl enished withthe newpins a nd ha mmers. When
a new pin is suppl ied on a requisition ca l l ing for pin A 25308, the
ol d ha mmer wil l be modified tothe dimensions giv en a bov e. When
the ol d ha mmer is dril l ed, the 25/64-inch dia meter by 5/16-inch
hol e wil l be giv en a 0.03-inch by 90 countersink. A l l other
dimensions on the ha mmers rema in the sa me.
66. Maintenance
Test firing mecha nism by firing twoprimers. The primers
shoul d extend more tha n V s-inch out of the obtura tor spindl e pl ug
whenpressed in ha rd withfinger or thumb. Rea mout the primer
sea t if necessa ry.
Note the a ction of the firing mecha nism by pul l ing on the
l a nya rd. I t ma y be necessa ry torepa ir or repl a ce pa rts which a re
worn or broken.
Cl ea n a l l pa rts of the firing mecha nism M l with rifl e bore
cl ea ner or dry cl ea ning sol v ent, rinse with cl ea n wa ter, dry
thoroughl y, a nd l ubrica tea s prescribed onWa r Depa rtment L ubri
ca tion Order 9-335.
Section XVII. CO UNTERBALANCE ASSEMBLY
67. General
The counterba l a nce mecha nism (figs. 18 a nd 55) is prov ided to
fa cil ita te opening of the breech, a nd tooffset the reta rding force
of gra v ity on cl osing the breech, pa rticul a rl y a t grea ter a ngl es of
el ev a tion. This a ssembl y is supported a nd hinged on the counter
ba l a nce bra cket mounted on the forwa rd right side of the breech
ring, a nda tta chedtothea rmof thehingepina ssembl y. The spring
a ssists inswingingthe ca rrier whencl osingthe breecha nd resists
the openingmov ement until it is nea rl y compl eted. A s the ca rrier
a pproa ches ful l -open position, the counterba l a nce rod a nd hinge
pin a rm pa ss dea d-center position, a nd the spring tension then
tends tohol d the ca rrier in open position.
68. Removal of Counterbalance Assembly
a . Rota te the breechbl ock ca rrier until the sta nda rd spa cer
counterba l a nce (or a simil a r U-sha ped meta l dev ice) a nd sma l l
bl ock ca n be pl a ced ov er the counterba l a nce piston rod, between
the shoul der on the rod a nd the counterba l a nce cyl inder rea r
hea d. The bl ocks must be of such size a s tohol d the piston rod
shoul der 2% inches fromthehea d.
116
With the spa cer a nd sma l l bl ock in pl a ce on the piston rod,
swing the breechbl ock ca rrier towa rd the cl osed position until the
l a rger hol e in the piston rod wil l a l l ow remov a l of the piston rod
ov er the hea d of the hinge pin when the keyhol e end of the
counterba l a nce cyl inder is l ifted upwa rd.
Remov e the counterba l a nce bra cket col l a r detent a nd col l a r
from the upright stud on the counterba l a nce bra cket. L ift the
counterba l a nce a ssembl y from its supports.
69. Installation of Counterbalance Assembly
Rota te the breechbl ock ca rrier until the l a rge hol e in the
end of the counterba l a nce piston rod wil l sl ip ov er the hea d of the
hinge pin a t the sa me time tha t the dril l ed l ug on the counter
ba l a nce cyl inder hea d sl ips ov er the stud on the counterba l a nce
bra cket.
With the counterba l a nce in pl a ce, put the counterba l a nce
bra cket col l a r on the bra cket stud a nd secure it with the counter
ba l a nce bra cket col l a r detent. See tha t the detent is sl ightl y bent
before insertion.
Rota te the breechbl ock ca rrier towa rd open position until
the sta nda rd spa cer a nd sma l l bl ock hol ding the counterba l a nce
piston rod spring in compression ca n be remov ed.
70. Maintenance of Counterbalance Assembly
Test the mecha nism to see tha t it functions properl y a t different
degrees of el ev a tion. I f it does not function properl y, notify
ordna nce ma intena nce personnel beca use disa ssembl y of the
counterba l a nce requires specia l tool s.
Section XVIII. RECO IL MECHANISM AND CRADLE
71. F unctioning
GENERA L . The 8-inch howitzer recoil mecha nism M 4 (M 4A 1
or M 23) is of the hydropneuma tic (v a ria bl e) recoil type. I t is
composed essentia l l y of the recoil cyl inder, counterrecoil cyl inder,
a nd recupera tor cyl inder which a re a ssembl ed within the cra dl e.
The repl enisher cyl inder is mounted on the outside of the cra dl e
a t the l eft front end. The recoil mecha nism control s the forces
crea ted by firing a nd checks the mov ement of the recoil ing pa rts
gra dua l l y to a v oid displ a cement of the ca rria ge. I t a l so returns
the recoil ing pa rts into ba ttery so tha t the howitzer is rea dy to
fire a ga in. A recoil indica tor, a tta ched to the right side of the
cra dl e, indica tes the l ength of recoil . The cra dl e is mounted in the
117
trunnion bea rings on the top ca rria ge. I t houses the recoil mech
a nism. The repl enisher a nd the v a ria bl e recoil mecha nism a re
a ssembl ed to the l eft side a nd front end of the cra dl e. The cra dl e
trunnions form the ful crum for the mov ement of the howitzer in
el ev a tion. Ea ch of the two equil ibra tors is secured to the cra dl e
nea r its front end a nd the equil ibra tor guides in the trunnion ca p
on the top ca rria ge. The el ev a ting a rc, which is enga ged by the
pinion of the el ev a ting mecha nism, is hel d in correct a l inement on
the bottom of the cra dl e by a projection fitting a ma ting groov e in
the cra dl e. The howitzer mov es in recoil a nd counterrecoil in the
guides formed in the top of the cra dl e. The guides a re prov ided
with ra il wipers a t front a nd rea r.
6. RECOI L . (1) The opera tion of the recoil a nd counterrecoil
sections of the recoil mecha nism ca n be seen from the schema tic
dra wing (fig. 69). The recoil a nd counterrecoil piston rods a re
connected to the breech end of the howitzer, a nd mov e with the
howitzer in recoil a nd counterrecoil . The recoil portion of the
recoil mecha nism a bsorbs a nd dissipa tes pa rt of the recoil energy.
The counterrecoil a nd recupera tor portions of the recoil mech
a nism store the rema inder of the recoil energy. Upon compl etion
of recoil , this stored energy is util ized to return the howitzer to
the in-ba ttery, or firing position.
(2) During recoil , oil in the recoil cyl inder is throttl ed through
openings pa st the recoil piston so tha t recoil energy is a bsorbed
a nd the howitzer motion is sl owed to a stop. The recoil control
rod, housed in the recoil piston rod, rema ins sta tiona ry during
recoil . Rota tion of the control rod control s the groov e dimensions
through which the oil is forced pa st the piston, a nd thus prov ides
a v a ria bl e recoil . El ev a ting the howitzer reduces the l ength a nd
size of the groov es through which the oil is throttl ed a nd shortens
the l ength of recoil . The segment of a gea r on the forwa rd end
of the control rod ma tches the ca m gea r segment of the v a ria bl e
recoil mecha nism. Rota tion of this ca m in this mecha nism giv es
a rota ting motion to the gea r segment a nd control rod, a s the
howitzer is el ev a ted or depressed.
(3) The rea r end of the control rod a cts a s a buffer a t the end
of the counterrecoil motion, throttl ing a sma l l a mount of the
recoil oil through throttl ing groov es a nd into the recoil cyl inder,
a nd sl owing down the counterrecoil a ction so tha t the howitzer is
ea sed into ba ttery position.
(4) The repl enisher serv es a s a reserv oir for excess oil when
increa sed a tmospheric tempera ture, or hea t dev el oped during fir
ing, expa nds the oil , a nd keeps the recoil cyl inder fil l ed when the
oil contra cts beca use of fa l l ing tempera ture. A fil l ing a nd dra in
pl ug is prov ided on the forwa rd end of the repl enisher.
118
f
I
R
A

P
D

3
8
8
7
4
^

T
H
R
O
T
T
L
I
N
G

V
A
L
V
E
c. COUNTERRECOI L . The counterrecoil pa rts of the recoil mech
a nism a re conta ined in the recupera tor a nd counterrecoil cyl in
ders. These cyl inders a re connected nea r the rea r ends. A regul a tor
v a l v e, which is open during recoil a nd cl osed during counter-
recoil , is mounted nea r this connection in the breech end of the
recupera tor cyl inder. During recoil , the motion of the counter-
recoil piston forces oil from the recoil cyl inder to open the regu
l a tor v a l v e for the ea sy pa ssa ge of oil into the recupera tor
cyl inder, a nd forces the fl oa ting piston in the recupera tor cyl inder
forwa rd to compress further the nitrogen in the forwa rd end of
the recupera tor cyl inder (fig. 69). This a bsorbs some of the
energy of recoil a nd stores it for the counterrecoil a ction. When
the recoil a ction cea ses, the counterrecoil a ction sta rts. The oil in
the rea r of the recupera tor is throttl ed through the regul a tor
v a l v e in returning to the counterrecoil cyl inder a nd forces the
counterrecoil piston a nd the howitzer ba ck into ba ttery position.
72. Maintenance
GENERA L . (1) Exa mine recoil mecha nism for genera l con
dition a nd l oose or da ma ged pa rts. Exa mine condition of wipers;
these must be in good condition to prev ent dust or sa nd from
entering the sl ides of the recoil mecha nism. Da ma ged or dete
riora ted wipers must be repl a ced. Check for dirt or rust on sl ides.
Remov e rust a nd cl ea n the surfa ces.
(2) Check whether recoil a nd counterrecoil piston rod nuts
a re in position a nd hel d with cotter pins. Tighten nuts, if neces
sa ry, a nd repl a ce cotter pins.
(3) When the howitzer is fired, see tha t the a ir v ent in the
counterrecoil front hea d is functioning properl y a nd a l l owing the
a ir tra pped in the cyl inder to esca pe. I f the a ir v ent is not func
tioning properl y, notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
6. OI L I NDEX. The a mount of oil in reserv e is indica ted by a
sma l l rod which extends through the cyl inder hea d. I f there is a
ful l reserv oir, the oil index wil l project 5 mil l imeters or a pproxi
ma tel y 0.20 inch beyond the fa ce of the oil index housing. I f there
is insufficient reserv e, the oil index wil l project l ess tha n 5 mil l i
meters, a nd ma y recede bel ow the fa ce of the index housing.
Whenev er the oil index projects l ess tha n 5 mil l imeters, it is
necessa ry to dra in compl etel y a nd refil l the oil reserv oir a s
described in / bel ow. I f the oil index is stuck, notify ordna nce
ma intena nce personnel .
V A RI A BL E RECOI L . The v a ria bl e recoil ca m is l inked to the
top ca rria ge by the v a ria bl e recoil connecting rod. A s the howitzer
is el ev a ted or depressed, the connecting rod mov es forwa rd or
120
ba ckwa rd. This mov ement rota tes the v a ria bl e recoil ca m which,
by mea ns of gea r segments, rota tes the control rod. The position
of the control rod determines the l ength a nd size of the groov es
for the oil pa ssa ge in the recoil mecha nism a nd thereby deter
mines the l ength of recoil . The recoil is shortened a s the howitzer
is el ev a ted. F igures 70 a nd 71 show the l imits of a l l owa bl e recoil
of the howitzer a t a l l el ev a tions for muzzl e v el ocities of 1,380 feet
per second a nd 1,950 feet per second when opera ted a t norma l
tempera tures of the recoil oil (70 F .). F or the first few rounds
fired, a nd a t tempera tures other tha n norma l , the l ength of recoil
ma y not be within the l imits shown in the il l ustra tions. I f this
condition continues to exist a fter firing sev era l rounds, or when
the recoil oil is a t norma l tempera ture, ordna nce ma intena nce
personnel shoul d be notified.
1200 1000
RECO IL SHO ULD BE \
WITHIN THESE
LIMITS
200
50 60 70
RECO IL IN INCHES
AT NO RMAL RECO IL O IL TEMPERATURE
RAPD 24031
121
1200
RECO IL SHO ULD BE \
WITHIN THESE
LIMITS
200
40 50 60 70
RECO IL IN INCHES
AT NO RMAL RECO IL O IL TEMPERATURE
RAPO 24030
CA RE OF RECOI L OI L . (1) Use onl y the recoil oil prescribed
by Wa r Depa rtment L ubrica tion Order 9-335.
(2) Wa ter must not be a l l owed to enter the recoil mecha nism
a t a ny time.
(3) A v oid exposure of recoil oil in a n open ca n a s it ma y resul t
in the a ccumul a tion of moisture or dust. Condensa tion in con
ta iner pa rtl y fil l ed with recoil oil ma y be ca rried a l ong with the
oil into the recoil mecha nism.
(4) I t is a dv isa bl e to test recoil oil for wa ter. F il l a cl ea n
gl a ss bottl e with recoil oil . Pl a ce the bottl e in a wa rm pl a ce a nd
a l l ow the oil to settl e. I f wa ter is present, it wil l sink to the
bottom. I f the bottl e is til ted sl ightl y, drops or bubbl es wil l form
in the l ower position. I nv ert the bottl e a nd hol d it to the l ight.
Drops or bubbl es of wa ter, if present, ma y be seen sl owl y sinking
in the oil . Cl oudiness ma y a l so be a scribed to pa rticl es of wa ter.
(5) I f the a bov e tests show the presence of wa ter, the recoil
oil shoul d be turned in.
(6) Recoil oil must not be tra nsferred to a conta iner not ma rked
with the na me of the oil , a s it ma y resul t in the wrong oil getting
122
into recoil mecha nisms, or in the use of recoil oil for l ubrica ting
purposes. The fol l owing shoul d a l so be observ ed: recoil oil s
shoul d not be l eft in open conta iners, nor subjected to excessiv e
hea t. Ta ke ca re to excl ude moisture a nd dirt. I n the ev ent a n
emergency a rises which requires reuse of recoil oil s, stra in through
cl ea n cl oth before fil l ing recoil mecha nism. Do not mix recoil oil s
with a ny other type of oil .
F I L L I NG RECOI L CY L I NDER WI TH OI L . (1) The recoil mech
a nism must be purged a fter the recoil cyl inder is fil l ed with oil .
Purging mea ns remov ing a l l the a ir which ha s been introduced
when forcing in the oil . This is a ccompl ished by pumping in oil ,
until no a ir is forced out of the purge hol e.
(2) The recoil cyl inder is fil l ed through the repl enisher with
the oil pump M S. The position of the repl enisher piston gov erns
the fil l ing of the recoil cyl inder (fig. 72). The norma l position of
the repl enisher piston is 5% inches (150 mil l imeters) from the
rea r fa ce of the repl enisher cyl inder. This position indica tes a
ful l cyl inder a nd sufficient reserv e in the repl enisher. Check the
position of the repl enisher piston, a nd when it is a t a point 4 inches
(100 mil l imeters) or l ess from the rea r fa ce of the repl enisher,
remov e oil from the repl enisher before firing is continued. The
remov a l of oil is a ccompl ished by mea ns of the fil l ing a nd dra in
v a l v e rel ea se. When the repl enisher piston ha s mov ed in to a point
7% inches (200 mil l imeters) or more from the rea r fa ce of the
repl enisher, a dd oil . I f the repl enisher piston does not function
properl y, notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
/. F I L L I NG RECUPERA TOR CY L I NDER WI TH OI L . The fol l owing
instructions a s to the number of strokes, a ppl y onl y to the oil
pump M 3.
(1) The position of the oil index (fig. 74), which is bel ow the
fil l ing a nd dra in pl ug, shoul d not be used a s a n a bsol ute guide for
determining whether the counterrecoil system conta ins the proper
a mount of oil . The norma l position of the oil index in the counter-
recoil system is 5 mil l imeters (0.20 inch) out from the rea r fa ce
of the recupera tor cyl inder, but this position is not a definite
indica tion of the a mount of oil in the system. I f the index extends
out l ess tha n 5 mil l imeters, it is a definite indica tion tha t there is
not sufficient oil . Howev er, it ma y extend out 5 mil l imeters with
out sufficient reserv e in the system. F il l the system to be sure tha t
it ha s sufficient reserv e.
(2) When the howitzer does not return to ba ttery, or the posi
tion of the oil index indica tes tha t there is too l ittl e oil in the
recupera tor, dra in off the reserv e oil before refil l ing. This is
a ccompl ished by remov ing the pl ug from the fil l ing a nd dra in
v a l v e l oca ted on the breech end of the recupera tor. Screw in the
123
fil l ing a nd dra in v a l v e rel ea se, a nd a l l ow oil to dra in until the fl ow
cea ses. Then remov e the fil l ing a nd dra in v a l v e rel ea se. I t wil l be
noted tha t the oil index shoul d recede before a l l of the reserv e oil
ha s been rel ea sed. I f the oil index ha s not mov ed, ta p it gentl y
with a sma l l piece of wood, a s it ma y be stuck. I f it stil l does not
mov e, notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel . Purge the oil
pump, cl ea n the union of the pump tubing, a nd screw the union
l oosel y into the fil l ing a nd dra in hol e (fig. 74). Work the pump a
few times until the oil is forced out through the connection,
thereby excl uding a l l a ir. The pump must be kept fil l ed during
opera tion, to a l ev el sufficient to a v oid running dry. I f a ir shoul d
get into the tubing, it wil l be necessa ry to purge the l ine a ga in.
Tighten the union sufficientl y to prev ent further esca pe of oil
through the connection a s the pump is opera ted. To esta bl ish a
correct reserv e, pump in sufficient oil to bring the oil index to its
extended position. Count the number of strokes a nd then a dd
twice this a mount of oil . (F or exa mpl e, if it requires 150 strokes
to bring out the oil index, then a dd 300 strokes of oil . One
stroke is considered one compl ete cycl e of the pump ha ndl e.) This
qua ntity of oil is considered the correct reserv e.
(3) Before fil l ing the repl enisher with oil , test the opera tion of
the repl enisher piston by inserting a sca l e through the opening of
the repl enisher piston guide a nd a ga inst the repl enisher piston,
a fter remov ing pl ug (fig. 72). Then rel ea se oil from the repl en
isher by mea ns of the fil l ing a nd dra in v a l v e rel ea se screwed into
the fil l ing a nd dra in v a l v e on the side of the repl enisher (fig. 73).
I f mov ement of the repl enisher piston ta kes pl a ce, proceed with
the fil l ing of the recoil cyl inder a s fol l ows:
124
VARIABLE RECOIL CAM TURNING ROD
:QUILIBRATOR, L. H
REPLENISHER RA PD 107719
(a ) Unscrew the fil l ing a nd dra in v a l v e rel ea se from the re
pl enisher fil l ing a nd dra in v a l v e.
(6) Screw oil fil l ing a da pter l oosel y into oil fil l ing a nd dra in
v a l v e, a nd a tta ch oil fil l ing hose from pump, ha ndtight. Pump oil
until a l l a ir is purged from hose (fig. 74). Then onl y, tighten
connection with wrench, just enough to prev ent oil from l ea king.
Ta ke ca re not to tighten too much, a s excessiv e pressure ma y
da ma ge the threa ds of the fil l ing v a l v e a ssembl y, a nd thus put
the entire recoil system out of a ction.
(c) A fter tightening the union, continue pumping oil until the
rea r end of the repl enisher piston is 5% inches (150 mil l imeters)
from the rea r fa ce of the repl enisher.
Remov e the oil pump connections a nd repl a ce the fil l ing
a nd dra in pl ug.
(4) The a l l owa bl e ra nge of opera tion of the repl enisher is
from 7% inches to zero. Zero mea surement is obta ined when the
rea r fa ce of the repl enisher piston is fl ush with the rea r fa ce of
the repl enisher. When the repl enisher piston a pproa ches zero
mea surement, dra in oil from the repl enisher until the norma l
rea ding of 5% inches is obta ined.
Be sure to fil l repl enisher a t the end of the firing mis
sion to a l l ow for the contra ction of oil which occurs when the
system cool s off. Nev er a l l ow the repl enisher to go beyond the
zero mea surement.
EXERCI SI NG THE RECOI L M ECHA NI SM . (1) The prima ry
B10712 o
125
RECO IL PISTO N,
ASSEMBLY
CO UNTERRECO IL
PISTO N, ASSEMBLY
RECUPERATO R,
ASSEMBLY
LINE TO O IL PUMP M3
RA PD 107720
'purpose of exercising is to obta in a new fil m of oil a round the
piston rods a nd between the pa ckings, a nd to mov e the fl oa ting
piston in the counterrecoil mecha nism.
(2) F iring of the wea pon is one of the best mea ns of exercis
ing. I f firing is not pra ctica bl e, the use of the winch on the prime
mov er is suggested. Exercising in this ca se consists of with
dra wing the recoil a nd counterrecoil piston rods a pproxima tel y
16 to 18 inches.
(3) Ordna nce personnel shoul d be conta cted for further in
structions on exercising or until ba ttery personnel become fa mil ia r
with the process.
Section XIX. EQUILIBRATO RS
73. General
Two equil ibra tors of the pneuma tic type a re prov ided to ba l a nce
the weight of the howitzer muzzl e a nd reduce the ma nua l effort
required to el ev a te the howitzer through the l ower el ev a tions.
They consist prima ril y of cyl indrica l ca ses a nd pl ungers, fil l ed
with nitrogen ga s under pressure a nd equipped with a ppropria te
grea se sea l s to reta in the ga s. The equil ibra tors a ssume a nea rl y
cl osed position a t the ma ximum el ev a tion of the howitzer. I f the
howitzer is depressed, the pl unger, sl iding in a sta tiona ry grea se
sea l , is retra cted. This motion dra ws the pl unger a hea d towa rd
126
the sta tiona ry grea se sea l a nd further compresses the nitrogen in
the equil ibra tor.
The equil ibra tors a re not to be disa ssembl ed except by ordna nce
ma intena nce personnel .
74. Maintenance
a . TEM PERA TURE A DJ USTM ENT SCA L E. Tempera ture a djust
ment sca l es a re l oca ted on both trunnion bea ring ca ps -of the
howitzer to prov ide for a n a djustment of the tension of the
equil ibra tors for v a rious tempera tures. F or sa tisfa ctory func
tioning, the equil ibra tors shoul d be set for a tempera ture corres
ponding to the a tmospheric tempera ture a t the time of firing the
howitzer. Bel ow 0 F . it wil l be necessa ry to rev erse the nitrogen
pressure a nd a bov e 110 F . it wil l be necessa ry to reduce the
nitrogen pressure, in order to esta bl ish sa tisfa ctory ha ndwheel
l oa ds. The a djustment ma y be ma de by tria l since the sca l e is not
correct if the equil ibra tor pressure is not norma l . Opera tion of
the equil ibra tor guide a djusting screw ra ises or l owers the guide
a nd index a l ong the tempera ture sca l e (fig. 19). I f the ha nd-
wheel effort required to mov e the howitzer in el ev a ting is exces
siv e, it is proba bl y tha t there is l ow nitrogen pressure in one or
both of the equil ibra tors.
M EA SURI NG THE NI TROGEN PRESSURE.
Norma l ga s pressure in the equil ibra tors is 1,355
pounds per squa re inch a t 70 F . Hence, ev ery ca ution in the
fol l owing subpa ra gra phs on opening v a l v es a nd pl ugs sl owl y
must be observ ed.
I t is not a dv isa bl e to check the nitrogen pressure unl ess it is ev i
dent tha t the equil ibra tors a re not functioning properl y. One
gra in of dust under the a ir fil l ing v a l v e wil l render a n equil ibra tor
unserv icea bl e. To mea sure the nitrogen pressure proceed a s
fol l ows:
(1) With the ca rria ge a pproxima tel y l ev el , bring the howitzer
to zero el ev a tion.
(2) Remov e the fil l ing v a l v e pl ug from the ga s fil l ing v a l v e
a ssembl y in one equil ibra tor.
Remov e the pl ug gra dua l l y to a l l ow the esca pe of ga s
which, due to a fa ul ty v a l v e, ma y ha v e buil t up a pressure a ga inst
the pl ug.
(3) Be sure tha t the a ir rel ea se v a l v e a nd the tee ca p on the
a ir fil l ing tube a re cl osed, a nd tha t the v a l v e opener ha s been
unscrewed until the point ha s been withdra wn into the body of
the tube.
(4) Screw the pressure ga ge in pl a ce in the a ir fil l ing tube.
127
(5) Screw the a ir fil l ing tube a nd ga ge into the pl ug opening
of the ga s fil l ing v a l v e a ssembl y of the equil ibra tor. Before tight
ening the l a rge nut on the fil l ing dev ice body, swing the body into
such position tha t the tee ca p wil l be rea dil y a ccessibl e a nd the
ga ge ea sil y rea d (fig. 75).
PLUG
GAGE-45-G-285
TEE CAP
VAIVE O PENER, ASSEMBLY
EQUILIBRATO R
VALVE
ASSEMBLY
PLUG
(REMO VED)
TUBE
RA PD 95T36
(6) F orce open the ga s fil l ing v a l v e in the equil ibra tor by
screwing in the v a l v e opener. Ta p the ga ge l ightl y to a v oid error
due to sticking of the ha ndl
(7) The pressure in the equil ibra tor wil l now be indica ted on
the ga ge. The ga ge rea ding shoul d a pproxima te the pressure
specified in the ta bl e bel ow for the a tmospheric tempera ture. The
a l l owa bl e v a ria tion is from 89 pounds a bov e the specified pressure
to 56 pounds bel ow the pressure. A bout 15 pounds of pressure wil l
be l ost during ea ch test.
(8) I f the pressure is outside these l imits, proceed a s in bel ow.
128
Howitzer a t zero-degree el ev a tion
(equil ibra tor extended)
0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 1 7 4
1 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 2 0 0
20 ......................................... 1, 226
3 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 2 5 2
4 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 2 7 8
5 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 3 0 4
6 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 3 3 0
7 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 3 5 5
8 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 3 8 1
9 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 4 0 7
1 0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 4 3 3
1 1 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 4 5 9
c. REM OV I NG NI TROGEN F ROM THE EQUI L I BRA TORS. (1) I f the
ga ge rea ding is more tha n 89 pounds in excess of the proper pres
sure, pa rtia l l y open the a ir rel ea se v a l v e (fig. 75) a nd a l l oy? a sl ow
esca pe of ga s whil e ta pping the ga ge l ightl y until the proper
pressure is indica ted. Cl ose the a ir rel ea se v a l v e.
(2) When the pressure is between the l imits giv en in b(7)
a bov e, unscrew the v a l v e opener enough to cl ose the ga s fil l ing
v a l v e. Open the a ir rel ea se v a l v e sl owl y to l et the nitrogen out of
the a ir fil l ing tube a nd a l l ow the pointer to go ba ck to zero gra du
a l l y. Remov e a ir fil l ing dev ice a nd ga ge. I nsta l l pl ug a nd ga sket.
Tighten pl ug.
A DDI NG NI TROGEN TO THE EQUI L I BRA TORS.
Onl y nitrogen ga s wil l be used in cha rging hydro-
pneuma tic recoil mecha nism a nd equil ibra tors.
I f the pressure is more tha n 56 pounds bel ow the desired pressure,
the pressure ga ge shoul d be l eft in pl a ce a nd then proceed a s
fol l ows:
(1) Unscrew the v a l v e opener enough to cl ose the ga s fil l ing
v a l v e. Open the a ir rel ea se v a l v e sl owl y a nd a l l ow the pointer to
go ba ck gra dua l l y to zero.
(2) Remov e the ca p from the nitrogen cyl inder. Use specia l
ca p remov ing tool or insert a meta l ba r in the sl ot in the ca p.
Connect one end of the fl exibl e fil l ing tube to the tee on the a ir
fil l ing tube a nd the other end to the nitrogen cyl inder v a l v e. Cl ose
the a ir rel ea se v a l v e. Open the cyl inder v a l v e sl owl y, ta pping the
ga ge l ightl y until it registers. The pressure of the nitrogen cyl
inder registered on the ga ge shoul d exceed the desired pressure in
the equil ibra tor.
(3) Cl ose the cyl inder v a l v e. Screw in the v a l v e opener, just
fa r enough to a l l ow the ga ge to register the pressure in the
equil ibra tor. Ta pping the ga ge l ightl y, sl owl y open the nitrogen
cyl inder v a l v e to a l l ow nitrogen to enter the equil ibra tor.
129
(4) When the pressure ga ge indica tes a pressure sl ightl y in
excess (10 to 40 pounds) of the desired pressure a s specified in
the ta bl e, cl ose the nitrogen cyl inder v a l v e.
(5) Unscrew the v a l v e opener enough to cl ose the ga s fil l ing
v a l v e on the equil ibra tor. Open the a ir rel ea se v a l v e sl owl y. Re
mov e the fl exibl e fil l ing tube a ssembl y from the a ir fil l ing tube.
Cl ose the a ir rel ea se v a l v e a nd repl a ce the tee ca p on the a ir fil l ing
tube. Remov e the a ir fil l ing dev ice a nd put in the ga s fil l ing pl ug,
noting tha t the ga sket is in good condition.
(6) Remov e the pressure ga ge from the a ir fil l ing tube. Remov e
the fl exibl e fil l ing tube from the nitrogen cyl inder. M a ke sure
tha t the nitrogen cyl inder v a l v e is entirel y cl osed a nd repl a ce the
cyl inder ca p.
(7) Proceed in the ma nner described in step (2) a bov e, to
mea sure the nitrogen pressure in the other equil ibra tor a nd, if
necessa ry, to repl enish the equil ibra tor. I f a n equil ibra tor ha s a
sl ow l ea k, it ma y be repl enished a s necessa ry. I f the equil ibra tor
ha s a l ea k so l a rge tha t it is impra ctica l to keep the nitrogen in
the equil ibra tor a t the proper pressure, report to ordna nce ma in
tena nce personnel for correction.
REL I EV I NG A CCUM UL A TED NI TROGEN I N HEA D. (1) With
the gun a t zero el ev a tion, gra dua l l y unscrew the l ower one of the
two screw pl ugs in rea r hea d of equil ibra tor.
The pl ug shoul d be unscrewed sl owl y to a l l ow a ny a c
cumul a ted ga s to esca pe gra dua l l y a nd to a v oid the da nger of ga s
rushing out a nd ca using da ma ge.
(2) El ev a te the howitzer to ma ximum el ev a tion a nd repl a ce
pl ug. Be sure tha t the pl ug is tight.
Section XX. ELEVATING MECHANISM
75. General
a . The el ev a ting mecha nism is mounted on the right side of the
top ca rria ge a nd mov es the cra dl e a nd howitzer in el ev a tion a bout
th-> trunnions a s a n a xis. M otion of the ha ndwheel is tra nsmitted
through a series of gea rs to the pinion portion of the el ev a ting
gea r sha ft a nd this, in turn, mov es the el ev a ting a rc a tta ched to
the cra dl e. The gea r tra in, with the exception of the el ev a ting
mecha nism pinion, is mounted on a ntifriction bea rings. Sea l s a nd
oil reta iners a re prov ided to ma ke the mecha nism oil tight. The
mecha nism is encl osed by a cov er to keep out dust a nd dirt.
6. The el ev a ting mecha nism is equipped with a 'bra ke which is
enga ged a t a l l times a nd must be rel ea sed in order to opera te the
el ev a ting ha ndwheel . The bra ke is rel ea sed by pressing down on
130
the bra ke l ev er. A fter the a djustment of howitzer in el ev a tion is
ma de, the l ev er is rel ea sed, thus a utoma tica l l y enga gingthe bra ke
througha ction of springs a nd l ugs withinthe bra ke housing.
76. Main ten an ce
Opera tetheel ev a tingmecha nismtodetermine smoothness of
opera tion, a nd whether there is a ny ba ckl a sh, or pl a y, in the
mecha nism. I f ba ckl a sh exceeds one-sixth of a turn of the ha nd-
wheel , notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
I nspect for defectiv e or broken pa rts. I f repl a cement is
necessa ry, notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
Exa mine for proper l ubrica tion, a nd l ubrica te if necessa ry.
Notethemov ement of thebra ketosee if itfunctions properl y.
Notewhether thenut whichreta ins theha ndwheel is inpl a ce.
Tighten if necessa ry.
Section XXI. TRAVERSING MECHANISM
77. Gen eral
The tra v ersing mecha nismis mounted on the l eft side of the top
ca rria ge a nd rota tes the howitzer in a zimuth by mea ns of a
pinion which meshes with the tra v ersing ra ck. The tra v ersing
ra ck is secured tothe bottomca rria ge. The tra v ersing ha ndwheel
sha ft is connected, through fl exibl e joint, toa wormwhich driv es
a worm wheel connected tothe pinion. This pinion meshes with
the tra v ersing ra ck. The worm a nd worm wheel opera te on a nti
friction bea rings in a housing which is sea l ed to reta in the
l ubrica nt a nd excl ude dust a nd dirt.
78. Maintenance
Opera te the tra v ersing mecha nismtodetermine smoothness
of opera tion a nd whether there is a ny ba ckl a sh, or pl a y, in the
mecha nism. I f ba ckl a sh exceeds one-sixth of a turnof the ha nd-
wheel , notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
6. I nspect for defectiv e or broken pa rts. I f repl a cement is
necessa ry, notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
Exa mine for proper l ubrica tion, a nd l ubrica te if necessa ry.
Test the cl ea ra nce between the front a nd rea r cl a mps tha t
tra nsmit the tipping l oa ds from the top ca rria ge tothe bottom
ca rria ge. A piece of v ery thintinor hea v y pa per ma y be used for
this purpose. Thecl ea ra nceshoul dbebetween0.003a nd 0.010 inch.
131
u

t
o
2sg
.
C
R
O
S
S
B
E
A
M

B
O
G
I
E

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

S
C
R
E
W

(
O
U
T
E
R
)
S
p
R
|
N
C
B
O
G
I
E

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

S
C
R
E
W

(
I
N
N
E
R
)

S
L
A
C
K

A
D
J
U
S
T
E
R

B
R
A
K
E

C
H
A
M
B
E
R

O
R

D
I
A
P
H
R
A
G
M
R
A

P
D

9
5
]
4
6
Section XXII. BO GIE
79. General
The two-a xl e, dua l -tired bogie supports most of the weight
of the howitzer a nd ca rria ge when tra v el ing. The a rched a nd the
stra ight a xl es a re hel d in position by torque rods. The bogie is
equipped with a mecha nism to l ower or ra ise the ca rria ge into
firing or tra v el ing position.
Compound screws, with externa l right-ha nd threa ds, a re
screwed into the cross bea m (fig. 76). The interna l threa ds of the
compound screws a re l eft-ha nd a nd a re a ssembl ed with pins
which fit in hol es on the front end of the bottom ca rria ge. To ra ise
or l ower the ca rria ge, turn the screws by mea ns of rev ersibl e
ra tchet wrenches a ppl ied to the hexa gona l end of the screw.
The ca nv a s cov ers a re to be kept on the bogie l ifting screws except
when opera ting these screws.
The two wrenches furnished a re secured by cl ips to the out
side of the tra il s (fig. 1), The mecha nism consists of two spring-
l oa ded dogs undernea th the cov er, which a re a ctua ted by a l ev er
(fig. 77). A l a tch on the outside of the cov er opera tes the l ev er to
enga ge one of the dogs with a gea red nut, thus cha nging the
direction of rota tion.
Periodica l l y remov e the cov er a nd cl ea n a ny dirt which ma y
ha v e a ccumul a ted in the interior of the wrench.
HA PD 86B5S
133
Section XXIII. WHEELS AND TIRES
80. Removal of Wheels and Hubs
GENERA L . Ra ise tha wheel s cl ea r of the ground, either by
mea ns of the ja ck prov ided, or by l owering the ca rria ge to the
ground a nd ra ising the bogie wheel s with the l ifting mecha nism.
REM OV E OUTSI DE WHEEL S. Remov e ca p nuts (fig. 78). Note
right-ha nd a nd l eft-ha nd threa d fea ture of the nuts.
x\\\\\\\\\\\\\
INNER
WHEEL NUT
WHEELS
SHIELD
STUD
HUB NUT
BRAKE
DRUM
RAPD 24055
REM OV E I NSI DE WHEEL S. Remov e outside wheel s a s de
scribed a bov e. Remov e ca p nuts (fig. 78). Note l eft-ha nd a nd
right-ha nd threa d fea ture of the nuts.
REM OV E HUBS. Remov e wheel s a s described a bov e. Remov e
the hub ca p a nd its ga sket by remov ing the six ca p screws secur
ing them to the hub. Remov e the a xl e end nut, the a xl e wa sher,
a nd the a xl e nut a nd dowel . Withdra w the ta per rol l er bea ring.
Remov e the hub a nd bra ke drum, ta king ca re not to da ma ge the
l a rge ta per rol l er bea ring or the oil reta iner a t the inner end of
the hub (fig. 79).
134
s
i
r

Io
N
U
T

C
A
P

(
B
l
5
8
0
8
6

R
.
H
.

N
U
I
,

I
.
A
K

L
H
W
A
S
H
E
R
V

r

A
X
L
E

E
N
D

N
U
T

H
U
B

C
A
P
T
U
B
E
N
U
T

A
N
D

D
O
W
E
L
R
O
L
L
E
R

B
E
A
R
I
N
G
N
U
T

C
A
P
-

B
l
5
7
2
2
5

R
.
H
.

i
N
u
i
,
<
_
/
\
r

B
]
7
4
l
g
6

L
H
C
O
V
E
R
O
I
L

R
E
T
A
I
N
E
R
B
R
A
K
E

D
R
U
M
*
S
T
U
D

5
R
-
H
-

1
5
6
0
6
6

:
>
I
U
U
'
J
L
.
H
.

B
l
6
6
9
6
3
T
I
R
E
R
A

P
D

3
8
8
9
5
C
O

V
81. Maintenance
a . WHEEL BEA RI NGS. Remov e bea ring cone a ssembl ies from
the hub. Wa sh bea rings, cones, spindl e, a nd inside of hub a nd dry
thoroughl y. I nspect bea ring ra ces for
serv icea bil ity, a nd notify ordna nce ma intena nce if repl a cement is
necessa ry. Coa t the spindl e, a nd the inside of hub a nd hub ca p,
with the gra de of l ubrica nt a s prescribed on Wa r Depa rtment
L ubrica tion Order 9-335 to a ma ximum thickness of 1/16 inch
for the purpose of reta rding the forma tion of rust. L ubrica te
the bea rings with the sa me gra de of grea se with a pa cker, or by
ha nd, knea ding the grea se into a l l spa ces in the bea ring. Use
extreme ca re to protect the bea rings from dirt, a nd rea ssembl e
immedia tel y. Do not fil l hub, or hub ca p, a s a ny excess grea se
might resul t in l ea ka ge into the bra ke drum. The grea se in the
bea ring is sufficient to prov ide l ubrica tion until the next serv ice
period.
BRA K E CA M SHA F T BEA RI NGS, A ND BRA K E A NCHOR PI NS.
When wheel s a re remov ed for bea ring l ubrica tion, remov e pl ug
a nd insert fitting so tha t l ubrica tion ca n be a ccompl ished a s pre
scribed on Wa r Depa rtment L ubrica tion Order 9-335.
82. Assembly of Wheels and Hubs
Pl a ce the l a rge rol l er bea ring cone a nd rol l er in its cup in the
inner end of the hub. Pl a ce the oil reta iner in the inner end of
the hub with the l ip of the sea l ing member towa rds the rol l er
bea ring. Ca reful l y pl a ce the hub a nd bea ring ov er the a xl e end.
A fter l ubrica ting, put the sma l l er ta per rol l er bea ring cone a nd
rol l er on the a xl e end, fol l owing it with the a xl e nut a nd dowel .
A djust the nut a nd dowel until the hub rota tes freel y, but with no
pl a y. Pl a ce the a xl e wa sher in the keywa y of the a xl e end a nd
ma ke a ny necessa ry sl ight a djustment of nut a nd dowel so tha t the
dowel enga ges one of the hol es in the wa sher, thereby l ocking the
nut. A ssembl e a nd tighten the a xl e end nut a ga inst the a xl e
wa sher. Put the hub ca p a nd ga sket ba ck on the hub. A ssembl e
the wheel s to the hub (fig. 79).
83. Removal of Tires and Tubes
a . DEF L A TE TI RE. Remov e the wheel s (pa r. 80). Defl a te the
tire by remov ing the v a l v e core, to permit the tire l ocking ring to
be remov ed.
REM OV E TI RE L OCK I NG RI NG. F igure 80 shows the tire l ock
ing ring a nd how it is l ocked in pl a ce. F orce the l ocking ring
down fa r enough to unl ock it. Then with the ring tool in the
136
brea king notch, pry the ring out ov er the rim fl a nge. To a v oid
twisting the ring, pry onl y enough to cl ea r the rim fl a nge. F ol l ow
a round with a tire iron until the ring ca n be l ifted off.
SPLIT RING
REMOVABLE
FLANGE
RA PD 24052
L OOSEN TI RE F ROM WHEEL . Turn the wheel a nd tire ov er
a nd force the tire bea d a wa y from the rim fl a nge, using a tire
rel ea sing tool (fig. 81) or a bl unt wedge a nd ma l l et.
137
KA PD23391
. REM OV E TI RE F K OM WHEEL . Pl a ce bl ocks under the wheel
a nd pushtire downoff rim. I f the tire is l oose on the rim, it ma y
beremov ed by ha ndwiththewheel ina v ertica l position.
REM OV E I NNER TUBE. Sprea d the ca sing with a tire
sprea der, topermit remov ing the tube. I f a tire sprea der is not
a v a il a bl e, woodenbl ocks ma y beusedtohol d theca singopenwhil e
ta king out the tube (fig, 82). I f bul l et-resisting tubes a re used,
they shoul d be remov ed in a simil a r ma nner. Beca use of their
hea v ier construction, howev er, it wil l be more difficul t toremov e
them fromthe tire. Donot pul l on the v a l v e stem, a s this ma y
ca use l ea ka ge of the v a l v e. Donot use sha rp objects topry the
tube out of the tire. A tool without sha rpedges ma y be used a fter
remov a l ha s been sta rted by ha nd. Bul l et-resisting tubes shoul d
be pa rtia l l y infl a ted immedia tel y a fter remov ing fromthe tire to
prev ent the inside surfa ces from sticking a nd sea l ing together.
84. Installation of Tires and Tubes
a . I NSPECT A ND REPL A CE PA RTS. I nspect the wheel a nd l ock
ingringtosee if they a re bent or otherwise da ma ged, excessiv el y
138
PD 23393
worn, or unfit for serv ice. Da ma ged tires, in ma ny ca ses, ca n be
repa ired, whil e excessiv el y worn tires a nd da ma ged inner tubes
shoul d be repl a ced.
I NSTA L L I NNER TUBE. Sprea d the tire ca sing with the tire
sprea der or wooden bl ocks to permit insta l l a tion of the inner
tube (fig. 82). Defl a te the inner tube a nd insta l l it in the tire
with the v a l v e stem opposite the red dot on the side wa l l of the
tire. Bul l et-resisting tubes wil l be insta l l ed in a simil a r ma nner.
Beca use of their hea v ier weight a nd grea ter thickness, they a re
more difficul t to ha ndl e.
A fter insta l l ing the tube, pa rtia l l y infl a te a nd defl a te sev era l times to
remov e a l l kinks a nd fol ds.
M OUNT TI RE ON WHEEL . (1) I nsert the v a l v e stem in the
wheel sl ot, working the tire into position on the wheel . Soa p or a
soa p sol ution ma y be used a s a l ubrica nt to a id in sl ipping the tire
onto the wheel .
(2) L a y the tire a nd wheel on a fl a t surfa ce (gutter side of the
rim up) with suita bl e bl ocking under the wheel to ra ise the tire
just cl ea r of the fl oor. Pl a ce the l ocking ring in a pproxima te
139
position a bov e the rim gutter. Pry the l ocking ring into the rim
gutter, a l ittl e a t a time, l ocking the notched end l a st.
PA RTI A L L Y I NF L A TE TI RE. Pa rtia l l y infl a te the tire a nd, a t
the sa me time, ta p the l ocking ring a t points a round the rim to
sea t it properl y. Do not ov erinfl a te the tire a t this time; just a
few pounds of pressure is enough to sea t the l ocking ring in
position.
I NF L A TE TI RE. Pl a ce tire in norma l v ertica l position a nd
infl a te from the side opposite the tire l ocking ring.
Sta nd on the side of the a ssembl y, a wa y from the tire
l ocking ring, to a v oid injury in ca se improper insta l l a tion ca uses
the l ocking ring to bl ow off.
/. A L L OWA BL E V A RI A TI ON OF TI RE PRESSURE. The prescribed
tire pressures for the ca rria ge ma y be reduced or increa sed by
20 percent (10 percent for hea v y ca rria ge l imber M 5) depending
upon conditions under which used: The prescribed pressures refer
to pressures when tires a re col d. F or this rea son a ir shoul d nev er
be l et out of tire when the a ir pressure exceeds the a uthorized
ma ximum infl a tion during or immedia tel y a fter opera tion.
85. Maintenance
WHEEL S. (1) Check for a ny l oose or missing nuts. Tighten
or repl a ce a s necessa ry.
(2) Check for proper l ubrica tion of the wheel bea rings. L ubri
ca te if necessa ry (pa r. 81a ).
(3) J a ck up the wheel s a nd rota te them to test for dra g, bea r
ing a djustment, a nd trueness of wheel . Correct dra g a nd bea ring
a djustment (pa r. 82). I f wheel is not true, notify ordna nce
ma intena nce personnel .
TI RES. (1) Check the tires for correct pressure (pa r. 6).
(2) Note the condition of the tires to see whether the trea ds
a re wea ring ev enl y. L ook a l so for torn strips a nd embedded
stones. I ntercha nge the tires if necessa ry, a nd remov e a ny
embedded stones.
Section XXIV. BRAKES
86. General
a . DESCRI PTI ON. The a ir bra ke system (fig. 83) incl udes the
bra kes, rel a y emergency v a l v e, a nd the a ir l ines. Two a ir l ine
fil ters a re mounted on the inside pl a te of the forwa rd ends of the
tra il s a nd serv e to prev ent dirt from entering the rel a y-emer
gency v a l v e. One of these is connected to the serv ice l ine a nd the
other to the emergency l ine.
140
B
R
A
K
E

C
H
A
M
B
E
R

D
I
A
P
H
R
A
G
M
E
M
E
R
G
E
N
C
Y

L
I
N
E

A
I
R

F
I
L
T
E
R
E
M
E
R
G
E
N
C
Y

R
E
L
A
Y

V
A
L
V
E

A
I
R

R
E
S
E
R
V
O
I
R
A
I
R

F
I
L
T
E
R
R
A
P
D

2
4
0
5
8
SERVICE LINE INLET
EXHAUST SEAL
EXHAUST PORTi
SERVICE VALVE
UPPER DIAPHRAGM
TO EMERGENCY RESERVE TANK
SERVICE SEAL'
LOWER DIAPHRAGM'
UPPER
EMERGENCY
VALVE
TO BRAKES
LOWER
EMERGENCY
VALVE
^EMERGENCY
SEAL
EMERGENCY LINE INLET
SERVICE VALVE
CLOSED
(2) RAISES
LOWER DIAPHRAGM
LOWER
EMERGENCY
VALVE
CLOSED
(1) AIR ENTERS
EMERGENCY LINE INLET- __
F ILLING EMERGENCY RESERVE TANK
(1) REDUCED OUTSIDE
PRESSURE RAISES UPPER
DIAPHRAGM
' AND CLOSES
SERVICE VALVE
(1) AIR ENTERING SERVICE LINE
s INLET DEPRESSES UPPER
*' DIAPHRAGM AND
/ OPENS SERVICE
VALVE
(3) AIR FROM TAI
PASSES THROUGH
LOWER EMERGENCY
VALVE TO BRAKE?
(3) AIR FROM TANK
PASSES TO BRAKES
SERVICE BRAKE APPLICATIO N
(2) CLOSES
' UPPER EMERGENCY
VALVE BY
DEPRESSING
LOWER DIAPHRAGM
EMERGENCY BRAKE APPLICATIO N
RA PD 107722
S4-
142
F UNCTI ONI NG. (1) When the driv er of the prime mov er
a ppl ies the bra kes, a ir pressure, control l ed by the bra ke v a l v e on
the prime mov er, fl ows through the serv ice l ine into a n a ir fil ter,
a nd from the a ir fil ter to the rel a y-emergency v a l v e (fig. 84). A s
the a ir pressure enters the serv ice l ine inl et of the rel a y-emer
gency v a l v e, it depresses the upper dia phra gm a nd opens the
serv ice v a l v e (A , fig. 84). The a ir then fl ows through the upper
emergency v a l v e (A , fig. 84) (upper v a l v e is hel d open a nd l ower
v a l v e hel d cl osed by spring) to the bra ke opera ting cha mber on
ea ch wheel where it forces a piston rod to rota te a bra ke opera ting
ca m which a ctua tes the bra ke shoes (fig. 85).
SHOE, ASSEMBLY
SHIELD
BRAKE CAM
ANCHOR PIN, ASSEMBLY RA PD 86542
A l though the a ir pressure ca n fl ow through the serv ice l ine
onl y when the driv er a ppl ies the bra kes, it a l wa ys fl ows through
a n emergency l ine to the rel a y-emergency v a l v e. The a ir pressure
fl ows through a n a ir fil ter in the emergency l ine into the emer
gency l ine inl et where it ra ises the l ower dia phra gm a nd enters
the emergency reserv e ta nk (B, fig. 84).
(3) I n the ev ent tha t the ca rria ge brea ks a wa y from the prime
mov er, the a ir pressure in emergency reserv e ta nk, being grea ter
tha n the outside a ir pressure, wil l ra ise the upper dia phra gm, a nd
cl ose the serv ice v a l v e, thus prev enting a ir esca pe through the
serv ice l ine inl et (C, fig. 84). A t the sa me time, the a ir pressure
143
from the reserv e ta nk wil l depress the l ower dia phra gm, cl osing
the upper emergency v a l v e a nd opening the l ower emergency
v a l v e. Thus, the a ir pressure wil l fl ow through the opened l ower
emergency v a l v e into the bra ke cha mbers where it is conv erted
into mecha nica l energy necessa ry to a ppl y the bra kes.
(4) When emergency a ppl ica tion of the bra kes ha s occurred
it wil l be necessa ry to rel ea se the bra kes. This ma y be a ccom
pl ished by one of the two fol l owing methods:
(a ) The recommended method is to repa ir a nd reconnect the
a ir bra kes so tha t a l l connection l ines a nd equipment a re in their
origina l condition, a nd then to opera te the a ir compressor on the
prime mov er to buil d up the a ir pressure. A s this pressure in the
pil ot reserv e ca v ities in the rel a y-emergency v a l v e is equa l ized, it
forces the emergency dia phra gm in the rel a y-emergency v a l v e
upwa rd so tha t the emergency v a l v e resumes its norma l opera ting
position. I n this position the dia phra gm, pressed a ga inst its sea t,
sea l s the l ower end of the ca v ity a ga inst the pressure in the upper
pa rt of the ca v ity a nd hol ds the emergency v a l v e off its sea t. This
opens the bra ke cha mbers for the a dmission of a ir.
The other method is to dra in the a ir pressure from the a ir
reserv oir on the ca rria ge by mea ns of the dra in cock a t the bottom
of the reserv oir.
87. Brake Maintenance
BRA K E A DJ USTM ENT. A djustment of the bra kes is a ccom
pl ished by mea ns of a sl a ck a djuster a t ea ch wheel (fig. 86). Check
the push rod tra v el by mea suring the push rod with the bra kes
rel ea sed, a nd then with the bra kes a ppl ied. I f the push rod tra v el
is in excess of % inch, a djustment is required. The most efficient
bra ke a ction is obta ined when the sl a ck a djuster a rm tra v el is
hel d to a minimum so tha t the ful l l ength of the l ev er is used. This
a djustment is a ccompl ished by ja cking up ea ch wheel a nd tight
ening the a djusting screws of the sl a ck a djusters (fig. 86) until
the bra kes dra g, a nd then l oosening them until the wheel just
turns freel y.
A I R F I L TERS (fig. 87). (1) The dra in pl ugs shoul d be re
mov ed a t a ny time the presence of moisture is suspected.
(2) Cl ea n the stra iner a ssembl y a s fol l ows:
(a ) Deta ch the stra iner a ssembl y by remov ing screws, cha m
ber, support, a nd ga sket a nd ta ke stra iner out by pul l ing it
sl ightl y downwa rd.
Cl ea n the stra iner by brushing off a ccumul a ted foreign
ma tter, wa shing with dry cl ea ning sol v ent, a nd a l l owing to dry.
Remov e a ny rust or foreign ma tter from the interior of the body.
144
HAND BRAKE LEVER
SLACK ADJ USTER
BRAKE CAMSHAFT
BRAKE
ADJ USTER SCREW CHAMBER RA PD 86528
DRAIN PLUG RA PD 86576
145
c. BRA K E DRUM S. I n order to prev ent da ma ge to the bra ke
shoes, a l l a ccumul a ted dirt shoul d be remov ed, a nd the drums
cl ea ned thoroughl y with dry cl ea ning sol v ent, whenev er the wheel
bea rings a re repa cked.
COUPL I NGS. Ev ery effort wil l be ma de to prev ent the intro
duction of foreign ma tter into the a ir bra ke system when the a ir
bra ke l ines a re disconnected from the prime mov er. A ir l ines
shoul d be connected to the dummy coupl ings immedia tel y upon
disconnection from the prime mov er (fig. 21). I f the coupl ings
shoul d touch the ground, the a ir l ine shoul d be hel d with the
coupl ing down a nd the a ir l ine ta pped. Do not bl ow into the coup
l ing a s this wil l onl y mov e the sa nd or dirt from the coupl ing into
the a ir l ine.
A I R RESERV OI R DRA I N COCK . A n a ir reserv oir dra in cock is
l oca ted a t the bottom of the reserv oir to permit the dra ining of
a ccumul a ted condensa tion. The reserv oir shoul d be dra ined a t l ea st
once a week or before tra v el ing, a nd a fter ea ch 8 hours of tra v el ing.
Section XXV. HEAVY CARRIAGE LIMBER M5
88. General
The hea v y ca rria ge l imber M 5 (fig. 1) is used with the
8-inch howitzer M 2. I t is a two-wheel ed, pneuma tic-tired v ehicl e
tha t secures the spa de ends of the tra il s, a nd prov ides a mea ns by
which the howitzer ca rria ge ca n be towed.
The principa l pa rts of the l imber M 5 a re the a xl e a nd the
tra il cl a mping bra cket, the l imber l ifting bra cket, a nd the dra wba r
with spring-l oa ded l unette.
The l imber l ift bra cket is mounted on the a xl e a nd forms a
sea t for the tra il ends.
The tra il cl a mping bra cket secures the tra il ends together
a nd a l so to the l imber l ift bra cket. I t is hinged to the l ift bra cket
by mea ns of a coupl ing pin a t its forwa rd end.
A ir bra ke hose a re prov ided for coupl ing to the a ir hose of
the prime mov er a nd of the howitzer ca rria ge. The coupl ings a re
connected together when the l imber is disconnected from prime
mov er or ca rria ge.
89. Removal and Installation of Limber
Remov a l a nd insta l l a tion of this l imber a re discussed in pa ra
gra phs 186 a nd 226.
146
PART F O UR
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
Section XXVI. GENERAL
90. Scope
Pa rt four conta ins informa tion for the guida nce of the personnel
responsibl e for the opera tion of this equipment. I t conta ins onl y
the informa tion necessa ry to using personnel properl y to identify,
connect, a nd protect such a uxil ia ry equipment whil e being used or
tra nsported with the ma in equipment. Deta il ed instructions per
ta ining to a uxil ia ry equipment a re conta ined in other Technica l
M a nua l s l isted in a ppendix I I .
Section XXVII. AMMUNITIO N
91. General
A mmunition for the 8-inch howitzer M 2 is of the sepa ra te-l oa ding
type. The l oa ding of ea ch compl ete round into the ca nnon requires
three sepa ra te opera tions: l oa ding the projectil e, the propel l ing
cha rge, a nd the primer. The components of a compl ete round,
projectil e, propel l ing cha rge, primer, a nd fuze a re shipped sep
a ra tel y. The fuze is a ssembl ed to the high-expl osiv e projectil e
just prior to firing.
92. F iring Tables
F iring da ta for the a mmunition fired in the 8-inch howitzer M 2
is prov ided in F T 8-J -l a nd F T 8-K -l . F iring da ta for the
a mmunition fired in the 37-mm subca l iber gun M 1916 is prov ided
in F T 37-BA -2 (a bridged) a nd F T 37-BJ -2 (a bridged). A n
index of firing ta bl es is ma inta ined in F M 21-6.
93. Classification
Dependent upon the type of projectil e, a mmunition for this how
itzer is cl a ssified a s high-expl osiv e a nd dummy. The high-expl osiv e
projectil es ha v e compa ra tiv el y thin wa l l s a nd conta in a high-
expl osiv e bursting cha rge. They a re intended principa l l y for
fra gmenta tion or mining effect. The dummy (dril l ) projectil es,
which a re compl etel y inert, a re intended for pra ctice in l oa ding
a nd ha ndl ing.
147
94. Identification
GENERA L . The v a rious rounds ma y be identified a s fol l ows:
Type of K ind of Col or of Col or of Other distinguishing
projectil e fil l er body ma rkings cha ra cteristics
HE
Dummy
TNT*
None
Ol iv e Dra b
Bl a ck
Y el l ow
None
None.
One red ba nd pa inted
a round body of pro
jectil e a t center of
gra v ity.
* TNTtrinitrotol uene.
A M M UNI TI ON L OT NUM BER. A l ot number is a ssigned to a l l
a mmunition a t the time of ma nufa cture. This l ot number is
sta mped or ma rked on ea ch of the components unl ess the item is
too sma l l , a nd on a l l pa cking conta iners. I t is required for a l l pur
poses of record, incl uding reports on condition, functioning, a nd
a ccidents in which the a mmunition is inv ol v ed. A l l components in
a ny one l ot of sepa ra te-l oa ding a mmunition a re ma nufa ctured
under a s nea rl y identica l conditions a s possibl e to insure uniform
functioning. Consequentl y, to obta in the grea test a ccura cy in
firing, successiv e rounds shoul d consist of projectil es of one l ot
number, fuzes of one l ot number, a nd propel l ing cha rges, of one
l ot number.
WEI GHT-ZONE M A RK I NGS. I t is not pra ctica bl e to ma nu
fa cture projectil es within the na rrow weight l imits required for
a ccura cy of fire. Therefore, they a re grouped into weight zones,
a nd a ppropria te ba l l istic corrections a re giv en in the F iring
Ta bl es for the v a ria tion in weight. The weight zone of the pro
jectil e is indica ted thereon by pl a cing on the projectil e yel l ow
squa res, with a prick-punch ma rk in the center of ea ch. There a re
one, two, three, four, or more squa res with punch ma rks a ppea r
ing on ea ch projectil e, depending upon its weight.
95. Care, Handling and Preservation
a . A mmunition components a re pa cked to withsta nd conditions
ordina ril y encountered in the fiel d. A l l unfuzed projectil es for the
8-inch howitzer M 2 a re fitted with a n eyebol t l ifting pl ug a nd a
grommet. Therefore, a shipping cra te is not required. Dummy
projectil es a re shipped in wooden cra tes. Cha rges a re pa cked in
ca rtridge stora ge ca ses, fuzes a nd primers in meta l ca ns. Since
expl osiv es a re a dv ersel y a ffected by moisture a nd high temper-
148
a ture, dueconsidera tionshoul d be giv entothefol l owing:
(1) Donot brea k moisture-resista nt sea l until the a mmunition
is tobe used.
(2) Protect a mmunition, pa rticul a rl y fuzes, from high tem
pera ture, incl uding the direct ra ys of the sun. M ore uniform
firingis obta ined if the rounds a re a t the sa me tempera ture.
Donot a ttempt todisa ssembl e a ny fuze.
Donot remov e protectiv e or sa fety dev ices from fuzes until
just before use.
Before l oa ding intothe howitzer, ea ch of the components
shoul d be cl ea ned of foreignma tter (sa nd, mud, moisture, grea se,
etc.).
A M M UNI TI ON, OR COM PONENTS CONTA I NI NG EX
PL OSI V E, M UST BE HA NDL ED WI TH A PPROPRI A TE CA RE
A T A L L TI M ES. THE EXPL OSI V E EL EM ENTS I N PRI M ERS
A ND F UZES A RE PA RTI CUL A RL Y SENSI TI V E TO UNDUE
SHOCK A ND HI GH TEM PERA TURE.
/. Donot remov e the eyebol t l ifting pl ug fromunfuzed rounds
until the fuze is tobe a ssembl ed thereto. The eyebol t l ifting pl ug
is prov ided for conv enience inha ndl inga nd tokeep the fuze open
ingfree of foreignma tter.
Primers must a l wa ys be stored in a dry pl a ce. Prol onged
exposure tomoisture or da mpness ma y ca use ma l functioning.
Components of rounds prepa red for firing but not fired wil l
be returned totheir origina l condition a nd pa ckings a nd a ppro
pria tel y ma rked. Suchcomponents wil l befired first insubsequent
firings, in order tha t stocks of opened pa ckings ma y be kept a t a
minimum.
Thefol l owingpreca utions shoul dbe a ppl iedtotheha ndl ingof
V T fuzes:
(1) Preca utions a ppl ying to other pa cked a mmunition a l so
a ppl y toV T fuzes. I na ddition, stora ge tempera ture l imits shoul d
be hel d within20 a nd +130 F . Stora ge outside these l imits
for a ny l ength of time wil l resul t in perma nent da ma ge. The
direct ra ys of the sun on V T fuze conta iners ma y ca use the tem
pera ture inside the conta iner to exceed 130 F . a nd must be
a v oided.
(2) V T fuzes must be protected a ga inst da mpness. A l though
the fuzes a re nea rl y wa terproof, a ny exposure toda mpness ma y
increa se the number of duds. Conta ct with ra in or immersion in
wa ter wil l ha stendeteriora tion. Pa rticul a rl y intropica l cl ima tes,
the stora ge time of unpa cked fuzes shoul d be kept toa minimum.
I nother cl ima tes, fuzes ca nbe sa fel y used a fter 2 months' stora ge
outside of their pa cking conta iners but shoul d be stored in the
origina l sea l ed meta l conta iners sofa r a s pra ctica bl e.
149
(3) V T fuzes wil l withsta nd norma l ha ndl ing without da nger
of detona tionor da ma gewhenintheir origina l pa ckingconta iners
or when a ssembl ed toprojectil es. Howev er, ca re shoul d be ta ken
not tostrike or drop fuzes or fuzed rounds a s these a ctions ma y
increa se the number of duds. A drop of 4 feet in certa inpositions
ma y ca use the el ectrol yte v ia l in the fuze ba ttery tobrea k, crea t
ing a dud. Excessiv el y rough ha ndl ing wil l not decrea se fuze
sa fety but ma y increa se the number of duds.
(4) V T-fuzed a mmunition ma y be sa fel y tra nsported short
dista nces with norma l ca re in ha ndl ing. Howev er, when such
a mmunition is tobe tra nsported considera bl e dista nces it ma y be
a dv isa bl e toremov e the fuze fromthe shel l a nd returnthe fuze to
its origina l ma rked conta iner. The suppl ementa ry cha rge a nd
origina l fuze or cl osing pl ug (with ga sket a nd spa cer) shoul d be
rea ssembl ed tothe shel l , ma king certa in tha t the suppl ementa ry
cha rge is inserted properl y (fel t-pa d end innermost).
(5) F uzes a nd suppl ementa ry cha rges which ha v e been re
mov ed fromthe shel l wil l be pa cked in the conta iners fromwhich
V T fuzes ha v e been remov ed. The conta iners shoul d be properl y
ma rked a nd returned toord a nce personnel for disposition.
(6) When rounds on which fuzes ha v e been cha nged a re re
turned totheir conta iners, ca remust be ta kentocha nge ma rkings
on the conta iners a nd boxes to conform with the cha nge in
a mmunition.
(7) Rounds fuzed with V T fuzes must be specia l l y pa dded
when returned to their fiber conta iners. The U-sha ped support
which enga ges the wrench sl ots of time or impa ct fuzes wil l not
fit the sl ots inV T fuzes a nd must, therefore, be omitted. The pl a y
tha t resul ts is ta ken up by pl a cing extra corruga ted boa rd pa ds
under the ba se end of the projectil e before cl osing the conta iner.
96. Authorized Rounds
The a mmunition a uthorized for use in the 8-inch howitzer M 2 is
l istedinta bl eI I . Thecomponents a reil l ustra tedinfigures 88to98.
150
M
C

S
Y
M
B
O
L
O
o

0
<
J
L
O
T

N
U
M
B
E
R
-

M
O
D
E
L

O
F

S
H
E
L
L
-
K
I
N
D

O
F

F
I
L
L
E
R
,
C
A
L
I
B
E
R

A
N
D

T
Y
P
E

O
F

C
A
N
N
O
N
W
E
I
G
H
T

Z
O
N
E

M
A
R
K
I
N
G
-
O
L
I
V
E

D
R
A
B

(
M
A
R
K
I
N
G

I
N

Y
E
L
L
O
W
)
-

.
_
_
_
_
_
_
3
0
.
4
2

M
A
X
.

R
A

P
D

1
O
8
6
1
3
i
n

M
3s
s

s
0
0

os
-

s
-
A
I
C

S
Y
M
B
O
L
L
O
T

N
U
M
B
E
R
,

M
O
D
E
L

O
F

S
H
E
L
L
.
K
I
N
D

O
F

F
I
L
L
E
R
C
A
L
I
B
E
R

A
N
D

T
Y
P
E

O
F

C
A
N
N
O
N

W
E
I
G
H
T

Z
O
N
E

M
A
R
K
I
N
G
O
L
I
V
E

D
R
A
B

(
M
A
R
K
I
N
G

I
N

Y
E
L
L
O
W
}

3
4
.
3
5

M
A
X
.
R
A

P
O

1
O
8
6
1
4

5

S5
3
s
a
s

8s
-
o
R
E
A
R

B
A
N
D

(
U
N
P
M
N
T
E
D
)

/
B
L
A
C
K
C
E
N
T
E
R

O
F

G
R
A
V
I
T
Y

B
A
N
D

-

R
E
D

B
L
A
C
K
F
R
O
N
T

B
A
N
D

(
U
N
P
A
I
N
T
C
D
)
B
R
O
N
Z
E

C
A
P
R
A

P
D

9
7
6
8
4
i
n

W
C
H
A
R
G
E
'
M
l
-

2
4
.

M
A
X
.

R
A

P
D

2
1
1
5
R
A

P
D

2
1
1
6
RA PD 108216
LOADER'S INITIALS AND LOT NUMBER
MODEL OF PRIMER
1.595 MAX. -
EAR OF LOADING RA PD 1O 9S28
155
SETTING SLEEVE
AS INDICATED-SET F O R SUPER-
QUICK ACTIO N, AT RIGHT ANGLES
(PERPENDICULAR TO AXIS O F F UZE,)
F O R DELAY ACTIO N.
15 SEC." INDICATES LENGTH O F DELAY
I SAF ETY CO TTER PIN IN BO O STER REMO VED BEF O RE ASSEMBLY TO SHELL
RA PD 15053A
LOADER'S LOT NUMBER
STAMPED ON REVERSE SIDE-
MANUFACTURER'S INITIALS Cr
YEAR OF MANUFACTURE
TYPE AND MODEL OF FUZE
RA PD 7209
156
STAMPED ON REVERSE SIDE:]
LOADER'S LOT NUMBER I
LOADER'S INITIALS AND f
MONTH AND YEAR LOADED.]
.TYPE AND MODEL OF FUZE
MANUFACTURER'S INITIALS
RA PD 97727
RA PD 104830
1(10712 C)5< >11
157
Projectile
Fuze for which
adapted
Propelling
charge
Primer
SHEL L , HE,
M 106, for 8-in.
how. M 2.
F UZE, PD, M 51
series,1
SHEL L , HE, M k
1A 1, for 8-in.
how. M 2.
SHEL L , HE,
M 106, w/suppl e-
menta ry cha rge,
for 8-in. how.
M 27.
SHEL L , HE,
M 106, for V T
fuze, for 8-in.
how. M 26
F UZE, TSQ, M 55
series,-
F UZE, time,
mecha nica l ,
M 67 series,5
or
F UZE, CP, M 78,"
w/BOOSTER,
M 25.
F UZE, V T, M 96
CHA RGE, propel
l ing, M l , for PRI M ER,
8-m. how. 9 percus-
or sion
CHA RGE, propel - M k 2A 44.
l ing, M 2, for
8-in. how. 3
PROJ ECTI L E,
dummy, M 14, for
8-in. how. M 2.
PROJ ECTI L E,
dummy, M k 1,
for 8-in. guns
or how.
PROJ ECTI L E,
dummy, M k 1A 1,
for 8-in. guns
or how.
CHA RGE, propel
l ing, dummy,
M 4, for 8-in.
how.
PRI M ER,
percus
sion,
M k 2A 4".
CP Concrete piercing.
TSQ Time and superquick.
HE High explosive.
PD Point detonating.
1 FUZE, PD, M51A3, or M61A4. An appreciable percentage of duds may be expectipj when
firing FUZE, PD, MB1A8 in zones 1 and 2 of the 8-inch howitzers. This is due to the nowwming
of BOOSTER, M21A2 at the low velocities in these zones.
2 FUZE, TSQ, M55, M55A1, M55A2, or M5BA3 for emergency use in the absence ol FUZE,
time, mechanical, M67 series. The fuze setter M22 is required for use with this fuze.
3 The Ml charge is characterized by green cloth the M2 charge by white cloth.
* Earlier modifications of this primer may be used if PRIMER, percussion, MK 2A4 is
not available.
5 FUZE, time, mechanical, M67, M67A1, M67A2, or M67A3.
8 This fuze is issued with either an 0.025-sec delay pellet or nondelay.
' Without supplementary charge, this projectile is adapted for FUZE, VT, M96.
8 When fitted with supplementary charge, this shell is adapted for FUZE, PD, M51 series r
FUZE, time, mechanical, M67 series ; or FUZE, CP, M78, w/BOOSTER, M25.
9 A fired service primer is used with dummy (drill) ammunition.
97. Preparation for F iring
The sepa ra te components a re prepa red for firing, a fter remov a l of
a ny pa cking ma teria l , a s fol l ows:
158
PROJ ECTI L EOTHER THA N DEEP CA V I TY . The grommet a nd
eyebol t l ifting pl ug a re remov ed a nd the a ppropria te fuze is
a ssembl ed to the projectil e.
PROJ ECTI L E"W/SUPPL EM ENTA RY CHA RGE" OR "F OR V T
F UZE." (1) To prepa re projectil es in this ca tegory for V T fuze:
(a ) Remov e l ifting pl ug, spa cer, a nd suppl ementa ry cha rge if
one is present.
I nspect the fuze ca v ity.
Screw in V T fuze by ha nd. I f binding occurs, reinspect the
fuze ca v ity, a nd threa ds of both fuze a nd shel l . Reject whichev er
is a t fa ul t.
Tighten the fuze to the shel l with the specia l fuze wrench
issued with boxes of V T fuzes. Use onl y such force a s ca n be
a ppl ied by ha nd to the fuze wrench ha ndl e. I f the fuze ca nnot be
tightened to form a good sea t between shel l a nd fuze, reject the
component which is a t fa ul t.
(2) To prepa re projectil es ma rked "F OR V T F UZE" for firing
with time or impa ct fuze:
(a ) Remov e l ifting pl ug.
I nspect fuze ca v ity.
Properl y insert suppl ementa ry cha rge (fel t-pa d end inner
most).
A ssembl e fuze to shel l in usua l ma nner.
PROPEL L I NG CHA RGE. The igniter protector ca p must be re
mov ed prior to using the propel l ing cha rge, a nd when required, the
cha rge is a djusted for the a ppropria te zone of fire. The cha rge
must be l oa ded into the wea pon with the igniter end (cl oth dyed
red) towa rd the breech. When firing CHA RGE, propel l ing, M 2
(white ba g), there a re conditions wherein the wea pon wil l fl a sh.
To remov e this undesira bl e a ction, REDUCER, fl a sh, T3 (fig. 93)
is prov ided. To prepa re CHA RGE, propel l ing, M 2 for night firing,
insert one fl a sh reducer a t forwa rd end of the cha rge under the
tie stra ps. The fl a sh reducer is used onl y with CHA RGE, pro
pel l ing, M 2 (cha rges 5, 6, or 7). CHA RGE, propel l ing, M l (green
ba g) is considered fl a shl ess under a l l conditions. The fl a sh reducer
increa ses the qua ntity of smoke a nd shoul d not be used in da yl ight
firing.
F UZE. The fuzes a re set a s described in pa ra gra ph 98. V T
fuzes do not require prepa ra tion for firing.
PRI M ER. Primers a re rea dy for firing a s shipped a nd need
onl y to be inserted into the firing mecha nism of the ca nnon.
159
98. F uzes
a . F UZE, PD, M 51A 3 A ND M 51A 4.* (1) The fuzes
a nd boosters ma king up this series of a ssembl ies a re simil a r in
principl e, but differ, due to modifica tions of either the fuze or the
booster. F UZE, PD, M 51 a nd M 51A 1 differ from the F UZE, PD,
M 51A 3 a nd M 51A 4 in tha t they use a shorter pl unger housing,
resul ting in a l ess rigid pl unger. BOOSTER, M 21A 2 is a modifica
tion of ea rl ier boosters of this series; howev er, a set-ba ck pin is
used for a dditiona l insura nce a ga inst prema ture or a ccidenta l
functioning. BOOSTER, M 21A 4 is a further modifica tion of
BOOSTER, M 21A 2.
(2) The booster is perma nentl y a tta ched to a l l
M 51 series fuzes a t the time of ma nufa cture a s shown in figure 95.
Therefore the a ssembl y is ha ndl ed a s a unit. The fuze ma y be set
to function either superquick or del a y. When the fuze is set
"DEL A Y ," the interrupter is l ocked in a cl osed position prev ent
ing superquick a ction by cl osing the upper fl a sh hol e thus per
mitting the fuze to function onl y with del a yed a ction. I t shoul d be
noted tha t if the fuze is set for superquick a ction a nd "SQ" ma l
function occurs the fuze wil l a utoma tica l l y function with del a yed
a ction ra ther tha n become a dud. On the side of the fuze nea r the
ba se is a sl otted "setting sl eev e" a nd two registra tion l ines; the
one pa ra l l el to the a xis is ma rked "SQ," the other "DEL A Y ." A s
shipped, the fuze is set "SQ." To set the fuze for del a yed a ction it
is onl y necessa ry to turn the setting sl eev e so tha t its sl ot is a l ined
with "DEL A Y ." A 0.15-second del a y bl a ck powder pel l et is in
corpora ted in the del a y pl unger a ssembl y to prov ide for the
del a yed a ction. Ea rl ier model s used a 0.05-second del a y pel l et. The
setting ma y be cha nged a t wil l with a screw driv er or some other
simil a r tool a ny time before firing. This ca n be done ev en in the
da rk by noting the position of the sl ot (pa ra l l el to the fuze a xis
for superquick a ction, a t right a ngl es thereto for del a y). A cotter
pin with pul l ring is a ssembl ed to the booster to prev ent the rotor
a ssembl y from becoming a l ined with the fl a sh hol e during ship
ment. This is a sa fety fea ture to prev ent a prema ture expl osion in
the ev ent one of the detona tors shoul d fire during tra nsporta tion
or ha ndl ing. This cotter pin is to be withdra wn just prior to
a ssembl ing the fuze to the projectil e.
(3) To fuze the projectil e, proceed a s
fol l ows:
(a ) Remov e eyebol t l ifting pl ug from projectil e.
The following limitations apply to the FUZE, PD, MB1AS: An appreciable percentage of
dud* may be expected when firing PUZE, PD, M51A3 in zones' 1 and 2 of the 8-inch howitzer.
This is due to the nonarming of BOOSTER, M21A2 at the low velocities in these zones.
160
(6) I nspect fuze ca v ity a nd threa ds. They shoul d be free of
foreign ma tter which woul d interfere with the proper a ssembl y
of the fuze.
(c) Remov e cotter pin from booster.
Screw fuze a ssembl y into projectil e by ha nd. Tighten with
fuze wrench.
Set fuze. I f del a y a ction is required, a l ine sl ot in setting
sl eev e with "DEL A Y "; if superquick, a l ine sl ot with "SQ" setting.
F uze ma y be reset a s required.
When this fuze is set for superquick a ction, prema ture
.a ir bursts of rounds ma y occur, though v ery ra rel y, during ex
tremel y hea v y ra infa l l . I f necessa ry to continue firing under such
conditions, set the fuze on "DEL A Y " a ction to prev ent such a n
occurrence.
6. F UZE, TI M E, M ECHA NI CA L , M 67, M 67A 1, M 67A 2, A ND M 67A 3.
(1) The fuze M 67 a nd its modifica tions (fig. 96)
a re essentia l l y a l ike, a nd a re intended to prov ide a mea ns of high-
burst a djustment a t l onger ra nges when firing the high-expl osiv e
shel l . The prima ry differences occur in booster modifica tions a s
described in subpa ra gra ph a a bov e. The fuze is of the mecha nica l
time (cl ockwork) type, a nd is simil a r to the M 43 type of fuze in
contour a nd in design except tha t the esca pement mecha nism ha s
been modified to giv e a l onger running time. There is no impa ct
el ement. The upper a nd l ower ca ps a re sta ked together a nd turn
a s a unit when setting the fuze. A set or register l ine is sta mped
on the rim of the l ower ca p. A sa fety l ine with "S" bel ow it, a nd
time gra dua tions to 75 seconds with 0.5-second interv a l s, a re
sta mped on the body. The gra dua tions run counter-cl ockwise
v iewed from the point of the fuze. Two setting groov es, one ea ch
on the l ower ca p a nd body, a re prov ided for setting the fuze. A
sa fety fea ture incorpora ted in the fuze is designed to prev ent
functioning shoul d the fuze be set for 3 seconds or l ess. A s
shipped, the fuze is set "SA F E," tha t is, the set l ine in the l ower
ca p is in a l inement with the sa fety l ine "S" on the body. A pul l
wire is fitted to the fuze to secure the firing pin prior to firing. A
cotter pin with pul l ring is a ssembl ed to the booster to prev ent
a ccidenta l a rming of the rotor a ssembl y during shipment. The
booster is a ssembl ed to the fuze a t the time of ma nufa cture a nd
ha ndl ed therea fter in shipment a nd a ssembl y to the projectil e a s a
singl e unit with the fuze. The cotter pin is to be withdra wn just
prior to a ssembl ing the fuze with booster to the shel l .
(2) To fuze the projectil e, proceed a s
fol l ows :
(a ) Remov e the eyebol t l ifting pl ug from the projectil e.
161
(6) I nspect the fuze ca v ity a nd threa ds. They shoul d be free of
foreign ma tter which woul d interfere with the proper a ssembl y of
the fuze.
Remov e the cotter pin from the booster.
Screw the fuze a ssembl y into the projectil e by ha nd.
Tighten with the fuze wrench.
Remov e the sa fety pul l wire. This ca n be done rea dil y by
pul l ing the end of the wire from the hol e in the l ower ca p a nd
sl iding the wire off the end of the fuze.
(/) Set fuze by mea ns of fuze setter, the l ower ca p being turned
in a counter-cl ockwise direction a s v iewed from the point of the
fuze. The torque required to set the fuze is between 80 a nd 100
inch-pounds.
F UZE, TSQ, M 55, M 55A 1, M 55A 2, A ND M 55A 3. (1)
These fuzes (fig. 97) a re prov ided for emergency use
in the a bsence of M 67-series fuzes. The fuze is a combina tion time
a nd superquick type. A sa fety pul l wire extends through the fuze
to secure the pl unger a ssembl y during shipment. The fuze ma y be
ma de to function with superquick or some predetermined time.
The superquick a ction is a l wa ys opera tiv e a nd wil l function on
impa ct unl ess prior functioning ha s been ca used by time a ction.
Therefore, to set the fuzs for superquick a ction, it is necessa ry
tha t the fuze be set a t sa fe (S) or for a time l onger tha n the
expected time of fl ight. The time ring is gra dua ted for 25 seconds.
To prev ent prema ture functioning of the fuze, a n interna l sa fety
fea ture does not permit the time a ction to function shoul d the
fuze be set for 0,4( second or l ess. F or rel ia bl e functioning, the
fuze shoul d oe set for a t l ea st 0.8 second. The fuze a s 'shipped is
set "SA F E." The boosters fitted to the M SS-series fuzes a re of
the M 21 series described in a bov e.
(2) To fuze the projectil e, proceed a s
fol l ows:
(a ) Remov e eyebol t l ifting pl ug from projectil e.
(6) I nspect fuze ca v ity a nd threa ds. They shoul d be free of
foreign ma tter which woul d interfere with the proper a ssembl y of
the fuze.
Remov e cotter pin from booster.
Screw fuze a ssembl y into projectil e by ha nd. Tighten with
fuze wrench.
Remov e sa fety pul l wire. To do this, pul l l ower end of wire
from the hol e a nd sl ide the wire off the end of the fuze.
(/) I f superquick a ction is desired, l ea v e the fuze a s shipped
(set a t sa fe) or set the time ring for a time grea ter tha n the
expected time of fl ight.
162
I f timea ctionis desired, thetimeringis set totherequired
time by mea ns of the fuze setter M 22.
I f, a fter settingthe fuze prepa ra tory tofiring, the round is not fired,
thefuzewil l bereset a t sa fe (S), the sa fety pul l wire repl a ced, a nd cotter pin
repl a ced in booster, before the round is returned toits pa cking.
F UZE, CP, M 78 (T105) A ND BOOSTER, M 25 (T1E1). (1)
The concrete-piercingfuze M 78 (T105) a nd booster
M 25 (T1E1) (fig. 98) a re used toconv ert SHEL L , HE, M 106 or
M k 1A 1 intoa shel l ca pa bl eof penetra tingconcreteor other hea v y
ta rgets. I nthis ca se both the fuze a nd booster a re shipped inthe
sa me conta iner, but a s sepa ra te components. The fuze is a sol id
ha rdened steel nose pl ug which conta ins a detona tor a nd del a y
pl unger a ssembl y in its ba se. I t is shorter a nd hea v ier tha n the
fuzes described in pa ra gra phs a bov e. F UZE, CP, M 78 is fitted
with a nona djusta bl e 0.025-second del a y or nondel a y pl unger
a ssembl y; the del a y is indica ted by the sta mping on the fuze. To
ma ke the identifica tion of the fuze ea sy (a fter remov a l fromthe
pa cking conta iner), the nondel a y fuze ha s a white tip which
extends a pproxima tel y 1 inch from the tip towa rd the ba se of
the fuze.
A l l F UZES, CP, T105 were a ssembl ed with 0.05-second del a y pl unger
a ssembl ies duringthe ea rl y dev el opment of this fuze.
F UZE, CP, M 78 is not issued withthis del a y. -Nondel a y fuzes a re
designedprima ril y for spottingpurposes. F uzes with0.025-second
del a y pl unger a ssembl ies a re designed tobe used when firing for
effect The BOOSTER, M 25 (T1E1) is a modified BOOSTER,
M 21A 2 conta ining a pproxima tel y three ra ther tha n six externa l
threa ds. A cotter pinwithpul l ringis l oca ted inthe booster body,
a nd must be remov ed prior toa ssembl y of the booster tothe shel l .
This booster is intended for use onl y with the F UZE, CP, M 78
(T105).
(2) A fter remov a l of l iftingpl ugfrom
projectil e, proceed a s fol l ows:
(a .) Remov e the cotter pin from BOOSTER, M 25 a nd screw
the booster intothe shel l . Tighten firml y with the wrench pro
v ided (fig. 99). F ormerl y this wrench wa s issued with ea r.h box
of fuzes. A fter the present suppl y of wrenches ha s been used,
futureissuewil l bema dea s pa rtof theequipmentfor thehowitzer.
Boosters which a re issued without sa fety pins shoul d not be used.
(6) Screwthe F UZE, CF , M 78 intothefuze ca v ity a nd tighten
securel y withfuze end of wrench. Be sure tha t the fuze shoul der
sea ts firml y a ga inst thenoseof theshel l thereshoul d be nospa ce
betweenthe fuze shoul der a nd the shel l . Donot sta ke fuze tothe
shel l .
F UZE, M 96 (T76E6). (1) The M 96 is a n
a utoma tic time fuze without impa ct el ement, a nd is prov ided for
163
.FUZE END
BOOSTER END'
t*
RA PD 26820
use in terrestria l fire with deep-ca v ity high-expl osiv e shel l (with
out suppl ementa ry cha rge). I t is essentia l l y a sel f-powered ra dio
tra nsmitting a nd receiv ing unit. I n fl ight, the a rmed fuze broa d
ca sts ra dio wa v es. When a ny pa rt of the ra dio wa v e front is re
fl ected ba ck from the ta rget, it intera cts with the tra nsmitted
wa v e. When the rippl e or bea t of this intera ction rea ches a pre
determined intensity, it trips a switch which cl oses a n el ectric
circuit a nd initia tes detona tion of the fuze expl osiv e tra in. Bore-
sa fety is prov ided by a n a rming switch which del a ys a rming of
the fuze for a pproxima tel y 5 seconds. When a rmed, the fuze wil l
function on cl ose a pproa ch to a ny object ca pa bl e of refl ecting the
tra nsmitted wa v es.
(2) Since a l l functioning within the
fuze is a utoma tic, no a djustment in prepa ra tion for firing is re
quired I t shoul d be noted tha t the fuze wil l function properl y
onl y a t tempera tures within 0 a nd 120 F ., a nd shoul d not be
used outside these l imits. A l so, if the fuzed round is l oa ded into
the cha mber of a hot gun a nd not fired before 30 seconds, the fuze
proba bl y wil l ca use either a n ea rl y burst or a dud.
99. Packing
Compl ete pa cking da ta cov ering box dimensions, v ol ume, a nd
weight of the v a rious components of a mmunition described herein
a re publ ished in ORD 11 SNL 's P-l , P-2, a nd P-8. A mmunition
164
for subca l iber guns a re publ ished in SNL 's R-l a nd R-3. A l though
weight of indiv idua l -projectil es v a ries somewha t, dependent upon
type a nd model propel l ing cha rges l ikewise a re dependent upon
the pa rticul a r powder cha rgethe fol l owing da ta a re representa
tiv e for estima ting weight a nd v ol ume requirements:
SHEL L , HE, M 106, a s shipped............. 201 1.5
Ov er-a l l dimensions (inches):
343/8 by 83,4 dia meter.*
SHEL L , HE, M k 1A 1, a s shipped.......... 200 1.4 .
Ov er-a l l dimensions (inches):
301/2 by dia meter.*
Dummy projectil es a re pa cked a nd shipped
in wooden cra tes.
CHA RGE, propel l ing, M l (green ba g):
Pa cked1 per ca rtridge stora ge ca se
M 18 ........................... 31.2 0.98
Ov er-a l l dimensions (inches):
263/8 by 81/8 dia meter.
CHA RGE, propel l ing, M 2 (white ba g):
Pa cked1 per ca rtridge stora ge ca se
M 19 ........................... 51.9 1.52
Ov er-a l l dimensions (inches):
293/8 by 91/2 dia meter.
Dummy propel l ing cha rges a re pa cked
a nd shipped in wooden boxes a s re
quired; howev er, these cha rges ma y
be pa cked in ca rtridge stora ge ca ses
when they a re a v a il a bl e.
F UZE, PD, M 51 series; F UZE, time, me
cha nica l , M 67 series; or F UZE, TSQ, M 55
series:
Pa cked1 per meta l conta iner, 15
per wooden box.................. 50.0 0.84
Ov er-a l l dimensions (inches):
16 11/16 by 9% by 9 9/32.
* Diameter shown is for projectile with grommet.
165
F UZE, CP, M 78 a nd BOOSTER, M 25:
Pa cked1 fuze a nd 1 booster per meta l
conta iner, 20 conta iners per box.... 77.0 0.95
PRI M ER, percussion:
Pa cked 48 primers per meta l conta iner,
48 conta iners (1400 primers) per
box ............................ 2.0
Ov er-a l l dimensions (inches):
23% by 14 by 10% .
100. Subcaliber Ammunition
a . GENERA L . SHEL L , fixed, pra ctice (TP), M 92, w/F UZE,
PD, M 74, for 37-mm subca l iber guns (fig. 100) a nd SHEL L , fixed,
TP, M 63 M od. 1, for 37-mm subca l iber guns a re a uthorized for
use in the 37-mm subca l iber gun M 1916 a s sta nda rd a nd substitute
sta nda rd, respectiv el y. This a mmunition is issued in the form of
fixed compl ete rounds, with a l ow-expl osiv e fil l er of bl a ck powder
'for spotting purposes. The ca rtridge ca se ma y be of bra ss or steel .
SHEL L , M 63, M od. 1 is fitted with the F UZE, ba se-detona ting
(BD), M 58, pra ctice.
6. F UZES. (1) This fuze consists
of a bra ss or steel body conta ining a detona tor a nd a direct-a ction
firing pin. Since the fl a sh of the detona tor is sufficient to ignite
the bl a ck powder spotting cha rge, no booster is required or fitted
to this fuze. There a re no boresa fety fea tures incorpora ted in the
design. Prior to firing, the firing pin is hel d in a n una rmed posi
tion by mea ns of a spring a nd resista nce ring. Upon firing, set
ba ck force a rms the fuze. Upon impa ct, the firing pin, a cting
a ga inst a spring, tra v el s forwa rd, strikes, a nd initia tes the
detona tor.
(2) F UZE, PD, M 74 is a point-detona ting
fuze conta ining a direct-a ction firing pin a nd a Sempl e-type rotor
which a cts a s the interrupter. This fuze is shown fitted to shel l
M 92 in figure 100. I t is used to ignite the bl a ck powder spotting
cha rge a nd does not require or ha v e a booster. The fuze is of the
impa ct type a nd is considered boresa f e.
166
oN
A
M
M
U
N
I
T
I
O
N

L
O
T

N
U
M
B
E
R

M
A
R
K
E
D

O
N

R
E
V
E
R
S
E
7
.
2
1

M
A
X
.
B
L
U
E
-

(
M
A
R
K
I
N
G

I
N

W
H
I
T
E
)
A

S
H
E
L
L
.

F
I
X
E
D
,

P
R
A
C
T
I
C
E
,

M
9
Z
,

F
O
R

3
7
-
M
M

S
U
B
C
A
L
I
B
E
R

G
U
N
S
,

M
1
2
,

M
1
3
,

M
1
4
,

A
N
D

M
1
9
1
6
A
M
M
U
N
I
T
I
O
N

L
O
T

N
U
M
B
E
R

A
N
D

"
B
L
K
.

P
D
R
.
"

M
A
R
K
E
D

O
N

R
E
V
E
R
S
E
B
L
U
E

(
M
A
R
K
I
N
G

I
N

W
H
I
T
E
)
B

S
H
E
L
L
,

F
I
X
E
D
,

P
R
A
C
T
I
C
E
,

M
6
3

M
O
D

1
,

F
O
R

3
7
-
M
M

S
U
B
C
A
L
I
B
E
R

G
U
N
S
.

M
1
2
,

M
1
3
.

M
1
9
1
6
R
A

P
D

6
5
1
9
7
A
c. PA CK I NG. The fol l owing pa cking da ta a re representa tiv e
for estima ting -weight a nd v ol ume requirements:
SHEL L , fixed, pra ctice, M 92, w/F UZE, PD,
M 74 for 37-mm subca l iber gun without
pa cking ma teria l ..................... 2.01
Pa cked1 round per fiber conta iner
M 126A 1, 40 conta iners (40 rounds)
per box ......................... 93.3 1.5
Ov er-a l l dimensions of box (inches):
19% by 12 by 10y8.
SHEL L , fixed, pra ctice, M 63, M od. 1, for
37-mm subca l iber guns:
Pa cked1 round per fiber conta iner
M 127A 1, 40 conta iners (40 rounds)
per box ......................... 75.7 1.2
Ov er-a l l dimensions of box (inches):
181/8 by 117/8 by 11.
Section XXVIII.
SIGHTING AND F IRE CO NTRO L EQUIPMENT
101. General
This section conta ins informa tion on the a rra ngement of the
sighting a nd fire control equipment. I t incl udes instructions for
opera tion a nd ma intena nce of ea ch item of on-ca rria ge equipment.
I nstructions cov ering off-ca rria ge equipment a re not incl uded ir
this ma nua l , but a l ist of this equipment is conta ined in pa ra gra ph
6. The off-ca rria ge equipment is cov ered in other Technica l
M a nua l s (a ppendix I I ).
102. Arrangement and Use
8-l NCH HOWI TZER CA RRI A GE M l . (1) The sighting a nd fire
control equipment for the 8-inch howitzer ma teriel is designed for
a two-ma n, .two-sight system for indirect fire.
(2) The tel escope mount M 18A 1 supports the pa nora mic tel e
scope M 12, a nd the two instruments a re used together for l a ying
the howitzer in a zimuth. I l l umina tion of the instruments for night
opera tion is prov ided for by the instrument l ight M 19.
(3) The qua dra nt mount M l is used in conjunction with a
168
gunner's qua dra nt for l a ying the howitzer in el ev a tion. I l l umina
tion of the instrument for night opera tion is prov ided for by the
instrument l ight M 12.
(4) The fuze setter M 23 is used to ma nua l l y set the mecha nica l
time fuzes.
8-l NCH HOWI TZER M OUNT M 17. (1) The sighting a nd fire
control equipment for the 8-inch howitzer mount M 17 used in
howitzer motor ca rria ge M 43 is designed for both direct a nd
indirect fire. The howitzer is a imed for direct fire by a two-ma n,
two-sight system, a nd is l a id in indirect fire in the sa me ma nner a s
the howitzer ca rria ge M l .
(2) The tel escope mount M 75 supports the tel escope M 69G a nd
the pa nora mic tel escope M 12. The tel escope M 69G is used for
a iming the howitzer in a zimuth for direct fire. I l l umina tion of the
M 69G tel escope reticl e for night opera tion is prov ided for by the
instrument l ight M 33.
(3) The tel escope mount M 71 supports the el bow tel escope
M 16A 1G. This tel escope is used for a iming the howitzer in el ev a
tion for direct fire. I l l umina tion of the el bow tel escope M 16A 1G
reticl e for night opera tion is prov ided for by the instrument
l ight M 36.'
(4) The tel escope mount M 75 with pa nora mic tel escope M 12 a nd
qua dra nt mount M l a re used for l a ying the howitzer in a zimuth
a nd el ev a tion for indirect fire in the sa me ma nner a s for the
ca rria ge M l .
(5) The fuze setters M 14 a nd M 23 a re used for setting the
mecha nica l time fuzes.
103. Maintenance
GENERA L . I nterv a l for serv icing sighting a nd fire control
equipment wil l be found in the prev entiv e ma intena nce schedul e
(pa r. 39). I mporta nt ca re of the instrument fol l ows:
CA RE I N HA NDL I NG SI GHTI NG A ND F I RE CONTROL EQUI P
M ENT. (1) Sighting a nd fire control instruments a re, in gen
era l , rugged a nd suited for the designed purpose. They wil l not,
howev er, sta nd rough ha ndl ing or a buse. I na ccura cy or ma l func
tioning wil l resul t from mistrea tment.
(2) Unnecessa ry turning of screws or other pa rts, not incident
to the use of the instruments, is forbidden.
(3) Stops a re prov ided on instruments to l imit the tra v el of
the mov ing pa rts. Do not a ttempt to force the rota tion of a ny
knob beyond the stop l imit.
(4) K eep the instruments a s dry a s possibl e. I f a n instrument
is wet, dry it ca reful l y before pl a cing it in its ca rrying ca se.
169
(5) When not in use, keep the instruments in the ca rrying
ca ses prov ided, or cov ered a nd protected from dust a nd moisture.
(6) A ny instruments which indica te incorrectl y or fa il to func
tion properl y, a fter the a uthorized tests a nd a djustments ha v e
been ma de, a re to be turned in for repa ir by ordna nce personnel .
The a uthorized tests a nd a djustments a re those for which tool s a nd
pa rts ha v e been prov ided. A djustments other tha n those expressl y
a uthorized a re not the responsibil ity of the using a rm personnel .
(7) No pa inting of sighting or fire control equipment by the
using personnel is permitted.
(8) When disenga ging the a zimuth mecha nism of the pa no
ra mic tel escope M 12, push the a zimuth worm throwout l ev er out
wa rd a s fa r a s it wil l go to insure compl ete disenga gement of the
interna l worm a nd worm gea r. Do not a l l ow the worm to dra g
ov er the worm gea r teeth a s this wil l resul t in unnecessa ry wea r
of the pa rts.
(9) Do not point tel escope directl y a t the sun unl ess a fil ter is
used, a s the hea t of the focused ra ys ma y da ma ge optica l el ements.
(10) L ev el ing a nd cl a mping screws must not be tightened
beyond a snug conta ct. Excessiv e wea r of threa ds a nd other
da ma ge to the instruments a re thereby el imina ted.
(11) The testing ta rgets shoul d be protected a t a l l times a ga inst
moisture, to prev ent shrinka ge.
OPTI CA L PA RTS. (1) To obta in sa tisfa ctory v ision, it is
necessa ry tha t the exposed surfa ces of the l enses a nd other pa rts
be kept cl ea n a nd dry. Corrosion a nd etching of the surfa ce of
the gl a ss which interfere with v ision ca n be prev ented or grea tl y
reta rded by keeping the gl a ss cl ea n a nd dry.
(2) Under no circumsta nces shoul d pol ishing l iquids, pa stes, or
a bra siv es be used for pol ishing l enses a nd windows.
(3) F or wiping optica l pa rts, use onl y cl ea n l ens tissue pa per
especia l l y intended for cl ea ning optica l gl a ss. Use of cl ea ning
cl oths in the fiel d is not permitted. To remov e dust, brush the
gl a ss l ightl y with a cl ea n a rtist's ca mel 's-ha ir brush, a nd ra p the
brush a ga inst a ha rd body in order to knock out the sma l l pa rticl es
of dust tha t cl ing to the ha irs. Repea t this opera tion until a l l
dust is remov ed.
(4) Exercise pa rticul a r ca re to keep optica l pa rts free from
oil a nd grea se. Do not wipe the l enses or windows with the
fingers. To remov e oil or grea se from optica l surfa ces, a ppl y
l iquid l ens-cl ea ning soa p with a tuft of l ens tissue pa per, a nd wipe
gentl y with cl ea n l ens tissue pa per. I f this l iquid is not a v a il a bl e,
brea the hea v il y on the gl a ss a nd wipe off with cl ea n l ens tissue
pa per. Repea t this opera tion until cl ea n.
170
(5) Bel ow freezing tempera ture, optics wil l be cl ea ned a s
described in pa ra gra ph
(6) M oisture, due to condensa tion, ma y col l ect on the optica l
pa rts of the instrument when the tempera ture of the pa rts is l ower
tha n tha t of the. surrounding a ir. This moisture, if not excessiv e,
ca n be remov ed by pl a cing the instrument in a wa rm pl a ce. Hea t
from strongl y concentra ted sources shoul d not be a ppl ied directl y,
a s it ma y ca use unequa l expa nsion of pa rts, thereby resul ting in
da ma ge to optica l pa rts a nd ina ccura cies of observ a tion.
BA TTERI ES. (1) Ba tteries used in the instrument l ights
shoul d ha bitua l l y be remov ed whenev er the l ights a re not in use.
Chemica l rea ction set up in a n exha usted ba ttery wil l da ma ge the
ba ttery tube.
(2) To repl a ce ba tteries, remov e the ca p on the ba ttery tube.
The ca p is secured by ba yonet pins a nd is remov ed by pressing the
ca p inwa rd a nd then turning sl ightl y until free. When repl a cing
the ba tteries, be sure tha t they go ba ck into the tube in the sa me
position a s when remov ed. See tha t the ba yonet pins on the ca p
enga ge the sl ots in the tube to insure a tight conta ct between the
ba ttery termina l s.
L UBRI CA TI ON. (1) Where l ubrica tion with oil is indica ted,
use preserv a tiv e l ubrica ting oil (specia l ).
(2) Where l ubrica tion with grea se is indica ted, use l ubrica ting
grea se (specia l ).
(3) L ubrica nts for sighting a nd fire control instruments func
tion a l so a s rust prev entiv es. I t is importa nt tha t\ they be a ppl ied
ca reful l y a nd effectiv el y. Extreme ca re shoul d be ta ken not to
a ppl y l ubrica nts excessiv el y. Excessiv e l ubrica tion of certa in
pa rts ma y be a s da ma ging a s the a bsence of a ny l ubrica nt.
(4) Excessiv e l ubrica nts shoul d be wiped off to prev ent the
a ccumul a tion of dust a nd dirt.
(5) F ittings a re prov ided for l ubrica tion of the principa l
bea rings in the tel escope mount (fig. 101). L ubrica te with l ubri
ca ting grea se (specia l ). Do not l ubrica te more often tha n ev ery
3 weeks.
104. Telescope Mount M18A1, Panoramic Telescope Ml 2,
and Instrument Light Ml 9
a . DESCRI PTI ON. (1) The tel e
scope mount M 18A 1 is of the a zimuth-compensa ting type which
mecha nica l l y ca l cul a tes a zimuth correction when the howitzer is
el ev a ted with the trunnions out of l ev el .
The a zimuth correction is a ctua ted by turning the cross
l ev el ing knob until the bubbl e in the cross l ev el v ia l is centered,
171
a nd then keeping it centered continuousl y during opera tions.
(c) The l ongitudina l l ev el in conjunction with the cross l ev el is
used to determine when the pa nora mic tel escope is positioned in a
true horizonta l pl a ne, thereby insuring a ccura te mea surements of
a zimuth a ngl es.
Turn the l ongitudina l l ev el ing knob on the mount to center
the bubbl e in the l ongitudina l l ev el v ia l ; keep the mount l ev el ed
continuousl y during opera tions.
With a l l l ev el bubbl es kept centered during opera tions, the
a zimuth correction is a utoma tica l l y a ppl ied when the gun or
howitzer tube is tra v ersed until the tel escope's v ertica l l ine of
sight intersects the ta rget or a iming point.
(/) Rota te the cov ers on the l ev el s to protect the v ia l s when
the instrument is not in use.
(2) The pa nora mic tel escope
M 12 (fig. 102) is a four-power instrument ha v ing a fiel d of v iew
of 10. The eyepiece is offset 45 degrees to permit the observ er to
sta nd cl ea r of the gun. The reticl e pa ttern seen through the eye
piece is shown in figure 103. The pa ttern consists of a v ertica l
cross l ine for sighting the instrument on the a iming point, a nd a
defl ection sca l e gra dua ted in 5-mil interv a l s a nd numbered a t
50-mil interv a l s for estima ting sma l l defl ection a ngl es.
The a zimuth sca l e is gra dua ted in 100-mil interv a l s a nd
numbered progressiv el y from 0 to 32 in two consecutiv e semi
circl es. The a zimuth sca l e rea ds zero when the eyepiece is offset
800 mil s from the rota ting hea d. The gra dua tions on the a zimuth
micrometer a re a t 1-mil interv a l s. Turn the a zimuth worm knob
to set v a l ues on the sca l e a nd micrometer. The micrometer index
is pa rt of a n a ssembl y ca l l ed "gunner's a id." This consists of a
ra tchet a nd detent mecha nism a nd a defl ection sca l e. When the
index (gunner's a id) is rota ted, the detent wil l cl ick a t ea ch mil
gra dua tion. Rota tion of the micrometer index is rea d a s defl ection
right (R) or l eft (L ) on the defl ection sca l e. I f defl ection ha s
been introduced, turn the a zimuth worm knob to reset the origina l
v a l ue on the micrometer.
Depress the a zimuth worm throwout l ev er (fig. 102) to its
l imit a nd hol d in this position whil e turning the a zimuth sca l e.
A s the desired v a l ue on the sca l e is rea ched, rel ea se the l ev er with
ca ution to prev ent da ma ge to interior pa rts by sna pping the
spring, a nd refine the setting with the a zimuth micrometer knob.
Turn the el ev a tion knob on the pa nora mic tel escope (fig.
102) whenev er it is necessa ry to el ev a te or depress the l ine of
sight in order to bring the a iming point into the fiel d of v iew.
Coa rse a nd fine index gra dua tions indica te the norma l (zero
172
UJ UIII-""" ELEVATION KNOB
-ELEVATION MICROMETER
AZIMUTH)
MICROMETER)
LONGITUDINAL LEVEL
CROSS LEVEL
BODY
'CROSS LEVELING KNOB flj
LONGITUDINAL LEVELING KNOB' |
RA PD 110384
ELEVATION KNOB
ROTATING HEAD
AZIMUTH
THROWOUT LEVER]
AZIMUTH MICROMETER
MICROMETER
INDEX
DEFLECTION SCALE
ELEVATION
MICROMETER
OPEN SIGHT
(COARSE ELEVATION
/ZERO GRADUATION
(AZIMUTH SCALE
"CLAMPING RING
AZIMUTH SCALE
AZIMUTH SCALE
INDEX
[AZIMUTH WORM
|KNOB
EYE SHIELD.
RA PD 96179
174
RA PD 57083
ILLUMINATION TUBE
CAP
ILLUMINATION TUBE
BATTERY TUBE
CLAMP
LAMP HOUSING
CLAMP
tS" RA PD 21284
175
el ev a tion) position of the l ine of sight. Use the open sight to
pick up the a iming point.
(3) The instrument l ight M 19 (fig.
104) is secured to the tel escope socket of the tel escope mount
M 18A 1 with two cl a mps, a nd a ssocia ted eyebol ts a nd thumbnuts.
A 3-v ol t el ectric l a mp a nd two fl a shl ight ba tteries furnish the
il l umina tion for the reticl e, a zimuth sca l e a nd micrometer, a nd
the l ev el v ia l s on the mount. The l ight is turned on a nd off by a
toggl e switch. The buil t-in switches a nd el ectrica l fittings of the
tel escope mount a re not used when empl oying the instrument
l ight M 19. The l a mp is repl a ced by unscrewing the l a mp socket
a nd then unscrewing the l a mp from the socket.
6. SETTI NG UP. (1) The pa nora mic tel escope is properl y set
up when it is secured in the tel escope mount socket. To pl a ce the
pa nora mic tel escope in the socket, turn the wing knob on the
socket a ga inst spring pressure, a nd ca reful l y insert the sha ft of
the tel escope so tha t the l ug on the tel escope is centered between
the two ta ngent screws in the socket. M a ke sure tha t the tel e
scope is ful l y sea ted by exerting a sl ight downwa rd pressure, a nd
then rel ea se the wing knob to secure the tel escope in position.
(2) Position the instrument l ight ov er the reticl e window of
the pa nora mic tel escope a nd cl a mp the l ight to the tel escope mount
socket.
TESTS A ND A DJ USTM ENTS. (1) L ev el
the howitzer a nd ca rria ge tra nsv ersel y (a xis of cra dl e trunnions)
a nd l ongitudina l l y (a xis of bore). Pl a ce the testing ta rget in
position, a l ining it with the bore by mea ns of the bore sights.
Center the bubbl es in the cross a nd l ongitudina l l ev el v ia l s. Set
thf sca l es a nd micrometers of the pa nora mic tel escope to their
zero positions. These settings wil l then a ppl y for a l l subsequent
opera tions.
(2)
"Remov e
the pa nora mic tel escope from the tel escope mount. Use the gun
ner's qua dra nt set for zero el ev a tion, with the correction, if a ny,
a ppl ied a s a test l ev el , pl a cing it on a ma chined steel pl a te or a
piece of pl a te gl a ss which rests on the l oca ting surfa ce of the
tel escope socket. Pl a ce the qua dra nt pa ra l l el to the respectiv e
l ev el a xes of the tel escope mount. The gunner's qua dra nt shoul d
show the surfa ce to be l ev el a l ong both a xes. A n error not in
excess of one div ision on the tel escope mount l ev el v ia l is a ccept
a bl e. I f the error a l ong either a xis is beyond this l imit, it wil l be
necessa ry to a djust the corresponding l ev el v ia l . The a djustment
is to be performed onl y by a uthorized ordna nce personnel .
176
(3) Re
pl a ce the pa nora mic tel escope in the tel escope mount a nd observ e
the position of the reticl e l ines with respect to the corresponding
ma rker on the testing ta rget. I f the reticl e l ines do not coincide,
it wil l be necessa ry to a djust in the fol l owing ma nner:
(a ) The tel escope's el ev a tion coa rse
sca l e a nd micrometer need no a djustment norma l l y. I f, howev er,
due to prev ious misa djustment, the micrometer is obv iousl y out of
a djustment, turn the el ev a tion knob.on the tel escope until the
horizonta l reticl e l ine coincides with the horizonta l l ine on the
ta rget. L oosen the screws in the end of the knob a nd, hol ding the
knob, sl ip the el ev a tion micrometer until the zero gra dua tion l ines
up with "its index; then tighten the screws, being ca reful not to
disturb the setting.
(6) M icrometers a nd their cor
responding coa rse sca l es shoul d be set to rea d zero, simul ta neousl y,
pa rticul a rl y a fter bore sighting. I f the coa rse sca l e's zero is
a pprecia bl y off its index, qua l ified ordna nce personnel shoul d be
notified.
The tel escope socket is
prov ided with ta ngent a nd l ocking screws (fig. 101) for the ex
pl icit function of a l ining the tel escope's v ertica l l ine of sight
with the bore of the gun. L oosen both l ocking screws a nd a djust
both ta ngent screws until the tel escope's v ertica l reticl e l ine ie
a ccura tel y a l ined on the ta rget. Tighten the two l ocking screws.
I f the l imits of this a djustment a re ina dequa te, further a djust
ment ma y be ma de by use of the a zimuth micrometer knob. Turn
the knob until the v ertica l reticl e l ine is a l ined on the ta rget,
l oosen the three screws in the knob's fa ce a nd ca reful l y sl ip the
micrometer ba ck to zero its index. Tighten the screws a nd v erify
a l l a l inements. I f the a zimuth coa rse sca l e is too fa r from zero,
notify ordna nce personnel .
OTHER A DJ USTM ENTS. The a djustments described a bov e
a re the onl y a djustments the using a rm personnel a re permitted
to ma ke. F or other a djustments, notify ordna nce personnel .
105. Quadrant Mount Ml and Instrument Light Ml 2
a . DESCRI PTI ON. (1) The qua dra nt
mount M l (fig. 105) is prov ided with two l ev el shoes for sea ting
the gunner's qua dra nt, a nd cross l ev el ing mecha nism a nd a cross
l ev el for keeping the shoes cross-l ev el ed. Cross-l ev el ing the shoes
by turning the cross l ev el knob until the bubbl e in the cross l ev el
v ia l is centered insures tha t el ev a tion a nd depression a ngl es wil l
be mea sured in a true v ertica l pl a ne.
(2) The instrument l ight M 12 (fig.
105) is a dev ice for il l umina ting the.cross l ev el v ia l , a nd incl udes
a ha nd l ight for il l umina ting the gunner's qua dra nt a nd for gen
era l use a round the mount. Two 3-v ol t el ectric l a mps a nd a fl a sh
l ight ba ttery, type BA -30, furnish the il l umina tion. The power is
turned on a nd off by a toggl e switch. The instrument l ight is
a tta ched to the mount, a s shown in figure 105, by sl ipping the
bra cket ov er the cross l ev el a nd the l ug a dja cent to the l ev el . I t is
secured by tightening the thumbscrew in the end of the bra cket.
WORM
SEGMENT Xf ... BRACKET
WORM HOUSING
CROSS LEVEL
KNOB
SETTI NG UP. The qua dra nt mount is pinned a nd bol ted to
the right cra dl e trunnion so tha t the onl y setting up tha t is
required is the insta l l a tion of the instrument l ight M 12.
TESTS A ND A DJ USTM ENTS. No a djustment of the qua dra nt
mount M l shoul d be necessa ry. I f a ny a djustments or repa irs a re
required, notify ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
106. F uze Setter M23
DESCRI PTI ON. (1) The fuze setter M 23 (fig. 106) is a
ha nd-opera ted, dia l ed instrument for setting the mecha nica l time
fuze M 67. A time sca l e a nd corrector sca l e with corresponding
indexes record the fuze number corresponding to the firing ta bl e
figure for the desired time of fl ight of the shel l . (F uze numbers or
fuze seconds a re a ngul a r mea surements a nd a re not directl y
178
proportiona l to the time of fl ight.) The setting is l ocked with two
wing screws so tha t a ny number of fuzes ma y be set, ev en in
da rkness, until a new setting is required. The fuze setter is
contoured to fit ov er the point of the fuze, a fter the fuze sa fety
pin ha s been remov ed.
"T" SCREW-
TIME SCALE,
HANDLE (FOLDED),
CORRECTOR
SCALE
RA PD 96182
(2) The time sca l e is gra dua ted in 1.2-second interv a l s from
0 to 75, a nd indica tes the desired fuze setting pl us or minus the
corrector setting. The l etter "S" on the sca l e indica tes the SA F E
setting for the fuze when the corrector sca l e is set to 30 (norma l ).
(3) The gra dua tions on the corrector, sca l e a re ca l l ed points.
The sca l e is gra dua ted in 2-point (0.2-second) interv a l s from 0
to 60 points with 30 a s norma l . The gra dua tions represent correc
tions in time from 0 to 3 seconds either side of norma l for
increa sing or decrea sing the time of burst from the time indica ted
on the time sca l e.
(4) To insure a ccura cy in setting the sca l es, l ook squa rel y a t
the gra dua tions a nd indexes.
(5) The wing screws which l ock the time sca l e a nd correction
sca l e settings a re ma rked "T" a nd "C," respectiv el y. Tighten the
"C" screw a nd l oosen the "T" screw when setting time v a l ues;
turn the ha ndl e until the time sca l e index a l ines with the desired
179
gra dua tion; a nd tighten the "T" screw. To set corrector v a l ues,
l oosen the "C" screw a nd turn the corrector sca l e until the cor
rector sca l e index a l ines with the desired gra dua tion; tighten the
"C" screw.
(6) The ha ndl e which wa s used to set time v a l ues is a l so used
to turn the fuze setter when setting the fuze.
To SET A F UZE. (1) Pl a ce the fuze setter, with the sca l es
set to the desired v a l ues ov er the point of the fuze. Press down
firml y on the fuze setter, a nd a t the sa me time rota te the fuze
setter cl ockwise until the l ug enga ges the fuze ring. Continue
rota tion until the pa wl sea ts in the fuze body. The setting is com
pl ete when further rota tion becomes impossibl e.
(2) I f it is desired to reset a fuze to the SA F E position, set the
time sca l e to^'S" a nd the corrector sca l e to 30 (a (2) a bov e) a nd
proceed a s a bov e.
Before setting a fuze, ma ke sure tha t the "T" a nd
"C" screws a re tight to prev ent a ny sl ipping of the sca l e indexes
when the ha ndl e of the fuze setter is rota ted. When setting fuzes,
a l wa ys rota te the fuze setter in a cl ockwise direction. When
remov ing the fuze setter from the fuze, l ift it stra ight off without
rota ting it, to prev ent disturbing the setting of the fuze.
c. TESTS A ND A DJ USTM ENTS. Test the fuze setter M 23 on a
dummy or inert fuze or on a l iv e fuze for correct cutting of the
fuze a nd for smooth opera tion. Set the corrector sca l e to norma l
(30), a nd set in some v a l ue on the time sca l e. Cut the fuze. The
time setting of the fuze shoul d a gree with the setting on the fuze
setter time sca l e. I f the settings do not a gree, repea t the opera tion
with a different time v a l ue to ma ke sure there wa s no sl ippa ge.
Note enga gement with fuze a nd a ny tendency to stick or bind. I f
the fuze setter fa il s to opera te properl y, turn it in for repa irs by
ordna nce personnel . No a djustments by the using personnel a re
permitted.
Where a l iv e fuze is used, the preca utions norma l l y
observ ed in ha ndl ing a mmunition must be fol l owed. Remov e the
sa fety wire or cotter pin ca reful l y for the test. A fter the test ha s
been ma de, return the fuze setting to the "S" or SA F E setting,
a nd repl a ce the sa fety wire or cotter pin. When checking the
a ccura cy of the fuze setter by cutting tria l fuzes, no fuze shoul d
be cut more tha n twice. The fuze from a dud must nev er be used.
F urther preca utions a re described in TM 9-1900.
18O
<
6
s

I
0
0

{
u
8
-
3
n

e
S
I
!

<
g

a
.
T
E
L
E
S
C
O
P
E

M
6
9
C
P
A
N
O
R
A
M
I
C
)

T
E
L
E
S
C
O
P
E

M
1
2
\

T
E
L
E
S
C
O
P
E

M
O
U
N
T

M
7
5
T
E
L
E
S
C
O
P
E

M
O
U
N
T

M
7
1

E
L
B
O
W

T
E
L
E
S
C
O
P
E

M
1
6
A
1
G
Q
U
A
D
R
A
N
T

M
O
U
N
T

M
l
i
t
*
.
R
A

P
D

1
0
7
5
8
3
107. Telescope Mount M75 with Telescope M69G and
Instrument Light M33, and Panoramic Telescope Ml2
DESCRI PTI ON. (1) The tel e
scope mount M 75 is mounted on the l eft trunnion of the top ca r
ria ge (fig. 107) a nd mov es with the howitzer. The mount supports
the tel escope M 6I 9G a nd the pa nora mic tel escope M 12. The tel e
scope M 69G is supported, in a mounting which hol ds the front a nd
rea r of the tel escope. The front hol der, which is fixed, conta ins a
spring-l oa ded pl unger for securing the forwa rd end of the tel e
scope. The rea r hol der, which is a djusta bl e, ha s a l oca ting sl ot for
positioning the tel escope a nd a cl a mp a nd eyebol t with a ssocia ted
nuts for securing the rea r end of the tel escope.
(6) L a tera l a nd v ertica l a djusting mecha nisms for the tel e
scope M 69G mov e the rea r hol der when performing the bore
sighting a djustment. The l a tera l motion is control l ed by a l a tera l
a djustment micrometer, a nd two gib a djusting bol ts for l ocking
the a djustment. The v ertica l motion is control l ed by a v ertica l
a djustment micrometer a nd a hol der cl a mping bol t.
(c) The a mount of the a djustment is registered on sca l es a nd
micrometers which a re gra dua ted in reference units a pproxima t
ing mil s. The l a tera l sca l e is gra dua ted from 0 to 20 either side
of zero, a nd ma rked "0," "10," "20." A rrows a nd the l etters "L "
a nd "R" (l eft a nd right) indica te the direction of the a djustment.
The gra dua tions on the l a tera l micrometer a re ma rked "0," "1,"
"2," "3," "4" in both directions. A rrows a nd the l etters "L " a nd
"R" indica te the direction of the a djustment. The sum of the sca l e
a nd micrometer rea dings giv e the a mount of the a djustment in
reference units. The el ev a tion sca l e a nd micrometer a re gra dua ted
in the sa me ma nner a s the l a tera l sca l e a nd micrometer with the
exception tha t the direction of the a djustment is indica ted by the
l etters "EL " a nd "DEP" (el ev a tion a nd depression). No mea ns
a re prov ided for setting defl ection or el ev a tion a ngl es; this is
a ccompl ished with the gra dua ted reticl e in the tel escope.
(2) The tel escope M 69G (fig. 108) ha s
a front a nd rea r col l a r which form the l oca ting surfa ces for sea t
ing the instrument in the mount. A l oca ting pin on the rea r col l a r
enga ges a corresponding sl ot in the rea r hol der of the tel escope
for positioning the tel escope.
(6) The tel escope is a 3-power instrument ha v ing a fiel d of
v iew of 10 degrees, 24 minutes.
(c) The reticl e pa ttern of tel escope M 69G (fig. 109) is ba sed
upon the da ta from F iring Ta bl e 8-J -l , pa rt 2G: HE SHEL L
M 106 fired with a muzzl e v el ocity of 1,950 feet per second; cha rge
7; pl us 1.2 mil s jump. The cross in the pa ttern represents zero
182
ILLUMINATION WINDOW
FRONT COLLAR
REAR CO LLAR
ra nge a nd zero defl ection. The cross is used for bore sighting. Ea ch
pa rt of the broken v ertica l l ine represents a n interv a l of 100 ya rds'
ra nge, a nd.serv es a s a guide for estima ting ra nge settings when
the ra nge fa l l s within a 400-ya rd interv a l . The broken horizonta l
l ines bel ow the cross represent 400; 800; 1,200; 1,600; 2,000;
2,400; 2,800; a nd 3,600 ya rds' ra nge, indica ted by ra nge ma rks
8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, a nd 36. The bottom of the broken v ertica l l ine
represents 4,100 ya rds' ra nge. Ea ch horizonta l l ine a nd ea ch
horizonta l spa ce represents a defl ection of 5 mil s. The inscription
"8 I N. HOW. H.E. M 106, CHA RGE 7" a t the upper edge of the
reticl e indica tes the a mmunition. The number 7673322 a t the
l ower edge of the reticl e is the pa rt number of the reticl e. When
a iming, el ev a te a nd tra v erse the howitzer with the ha ndwheel s
until the ta rget a ppea rs a t the desired point on the reticl e pa ttern.
A window in the tel escope prov ides for il l umina tion of the reticl e.
183
(3) The instrument l ight M 33 (fig.
110) is a dev icefor il l umina tingthereticl e. I tconsists principa l l y
of twofl a shl ight ba tteries, a rheosta t, a nd a 3-v ol t el ectric l a mp.
The ba tteries a re conta ined ina body tube, a nd a re hel d in posi
tion by a ba yonet-type ca p a nd spring which fits ov er one end of
thetube. Press inwa rd onthe ca p a nd turnsl ightl y torel ea se the
ca p when remov ing ba tteries. The rheosta t is mounted in the
other end of' the body tube. Rota te the rheosta t knob toturnthe
el ectric power on a nd off a nd toregul a te the intensity of the
il l umina tion. The el ectric l a mp is mounted ina l ea d wire body to
whichis screweda l a mpbra cket. The l a mpbra cket ha s a dov eta il -
formed ba se which conta ins a window a nd detent dev ice. The
l a mp bra cket is positioned in a tel escope bra cket which ha s cor
respondingma ting surfa ces a nd is a tta ched tothe tel escope ov er
the reticl e window. Torepl a ce a n el ectric l a mp, remov e the l a mp
bra cket fromthe tel escope bra cket, a nd unscrew it fromthe l ea d
wire body. Unscrewthe l a mpfromits socket. A bl ock or sl ide on
the side of the body tube prov ides for hol ding the l a mp bra cket
whennot a tta ched tothetel escope.
CAP-
TUBE
RHEOSTAT
KNOB
LAMP BRACKET
LEAD WIRE BODY
A* LEAD WIRE
RA PD 28951
(4) The pa nora mic tel escope M 12
is reta ined ina mountingwhichis simil a r tothe tel escope mount
M 18A 1 a nd ha s simil a r a djustments (pa r. 104).
184
SETTI NG UP. (1) Unl ock the wing nut on the rea r hol der
of the tel escope mount a nd l oosen the round nut so tha t the eyebol t
ca n be l owered, a nd the cl a mp opened. Remov e the tel escope
from its ca rrying ca se, a nd insert the front end of the tel escope
in the front hol der on the mount. A l ine the l oca ting pin on the
rea r col l a r of the tel escope with the sl ot in the rea r hol der. Exert
a sl ight forwa rd pressure on the tel escope to ov ercome the a ction
of the spring-l oa ded pl unger a nd to shov e the tel escope into posi
tion in the mount. Cl ose the cl a mp a nd tighten the nuts.
(2) I nsta l l the body of the instrument l ight in the bra cket on
the mount, a nd sl ide the l a mp bra cket into position on the tel escope.
c. TESTS A ND A DJ USTM ENTS. The l ine of sight is a djusted
pa ra l l el to the a xis of the howitzer bore a t the time the tel escope
mount is insta l l ed on the ca rria ge. The a djustment shoul d be
checked occa siona l l y by the bore-sighting procedure (pa r. 109). I f
the cross of the reticl e pa ttern is not on its a iming point, put it on
in the fol l owing ma nner:
(1) L oosen the two gib a djusting bol ts a nd turn the l a tera l
a djustment micrometer until the cross a l ines with the a iming
point. Tighten the bol ts.
(2) L oosen the hol der cl a mping bol t a nd turn the v ertica l
a djustment micrometer until the cross a l ines with the a iming
point. Tighten the bol t. I f for a ny rea son the cross ha s now
mov ed l a tera l l y off the a iming point, repea t the a bov e a djustment
until coincidence is obta ined in both directions. The a djustment
ma y be rea d on the sca l es a nd micrometers a nd recorded for
future reference.
(3) A l l other a djustments a nd repa irs a re to be performed by
ordna nce ma intena nce personnel .
(4) Description, setting up, tests, a nd a djustments of pa n
ora mic tel escope M 12 a re cov ered in pa ra gra ph 104.
108. Telescope Mount M71 with Elbow Telescope M16A1G
and Instrument Light M36
DESCRI PTI ON. (1) The tel escope
mount M 71 (fig. I l l ) is a tta ched to the right side of the motor
ca rria ge, a nd mov es with the howitzer in el ev a tion. The mount
supports the el bow tel escope on l oca ting surfa ces a nd secures it
in position with a cl a mp a nd a ssocia ted eyebol t. Prov ision is ma de
for rota ting the el bow tel escope a bout its objectiv e a xis in order
to pl a ce the ra nge l ines of the reticl e in a horizonta l position.
V ertica l a nd l a tera l a djusting mecha nisms a re prov ided for bore
sighting. The pil ot model T124 of the mount is shown in figure
185
111. The mounts a re identica l with the exception of the positioning
of the instrument l ight bra cket a nd the a rra ngement of the
tel escope hol der in rel a tion to the bra cket.
INSTRUMENT LIGHT CLAMP
(LATERAL
(ADJ USTING WORM
(LATERAL
SCREW
^VERTICAL
'J J CLAMP SCREW
VERTICAL ADJ USTING WORM ^THffitfflHI J fijfcl _WING
_ ' '" __' NUT
LEVELING WORM- ~
LEVELING CLAMP SCREW
ELBOW TELESCOPE
CLAMP
ILBOW TELESCOPE HOLDER
RA PD 108803
(2)
El bow tel escope M 16A 1G (fig.
112) is a 3-power instrument ha v ing a fiel d of v iew of 13 degrees,
20 minutes. The reticl e pa ttern (fig. 109) is identica l to the
reticl e pa ttern of tel escope M 69G except for the reticl e pa rt num
ber a nd the gra dua tions which ha v e been compensa ted for a pl us
1.4-mil jump instea d of a pl us 1.2-mil jump. El ev a te a nd tra v erse
the howitzer with the ha ndwheel s until the ta rget a ppea rs a t the
desired ra nge l ine. A window in the el bow tel escope prov ides for
il l umina tion of the reticl e.
(3)
I dentica l to the instrument l ight
M 33 (fig. 110) except for the l ength of l ea d wire.
SETTI NG UP. The el bow tel escope is properl y set up in the
tel escope mount when it is ful l y sea ted on the l oca ting surfa ces,
the reticl e ra nge l ines a re in a horizonta l position, a nd the tel e
scope is securel y cl a mped in position with the eyebol t.
TESTS A ND A DJ USTM ENTS. (1)
The reticl e ra nge l ines a re l ev el ed by turning the reticl e rota tion
worm (fig. 111). The observ er's sense of ba l a nce determines when
the l ines a re l ev el . Cl ip the instrument l ight bra cket to the el bow
tel escope if il l umina tion of the reticl e is desired.
186
EYESHIELD
ADAPTER
ILLUMINATION WINDOW
RA PD 60422
(2) Bore-sight the howitzer on a
dista nt a iming point (pa r. 109). I f the cross on the reticl e does
not fa l l on the a iming point, proceed a s fol l ows:
(a ) F or v ertica l a djustment, l oosen the v ertica l a djustment
cl a mping bol t, a nd turn the v ertica l a djusting worm until the
cross fa l l s on the dista nt a iming point. Tighten the bol t.
F or l a tera l a djustment, l oosen the l a tera l a djustment
cl a mping bol t (a bov e the l a tera l a djusting worm) (fig. I l l ), a nd
turn the l a tera l a djusting worm until the cross fa l l s on the dista nt
a iming point. Tighten the bol t.
109. Bore Sighting
GENERA L . This pa ra gra ph conta ins instructions for setting
up the ma teriel for testing the a l inement of the sighting equip
ment with the bore. I nstructions for a djusting the instruments
a re cov ered in pa ra gra phs 104c, 107c, a nd 108e. A genera l de
scription of the purpose a nd principl es of bore sighting is con
ta ined in TM 9-575.
SEL ECTI ON OP TA RGET. The ta rget for bore sighting ma y be
a dista nt ta rget 1,500 ya rds or more from the wea pon, or a testing
ta rget pl a ced a t a minimum dista nce of 50 ya rds from the muzzl e
of the howitzer tube. The choice of ta rget wil l depend on time a nd
fa cil ities a v a il a bl e. A suita bl e dista nt a iming point is a cel estia l
body such a s a sta r, a point of the crescent moon, or the l ea ding
edge of the sun; if using the sun, interpose a fil ter of smoked
gl a ss or da rkened photogra phic nega tiv e to prev ent da ma ge to
the instruments a nd to reduce gl a re.
187
c. I M PROV I SI NG TESTI NG TA RGET. I f a testing ta rget is not
a v a il a bl e, construct one out of ca rdboa rd or some other suita bl e
ma teria l . Use the dimensions shown in figure 113 for constructing
the testing ta rget for the 8-inch howitzer ca rria ge M l . M a rk the
top of the ta rget "TOP," to a v oid a ccidenta l l y positioning the
ta rget in a n inv erted position, a nd identify the a iming points.
The ta rgets for use with the different tel escopes a re not intercha nge
a bl e a nd ca re shoul d be ta ken tha t the correct ta rget is used.
PROCEDURE. (1) I nsert the breech bore sight in the cha m
ber of the tube a nd a tta ch the muzzl e bore sight, stretching the
l inen cord tightl y a cross the score ma rks on the muzzl e, a nd hol d
in pl a ce by the stra p.
(2) L ev el the ca rria ge tra nsv ersel y. I t is a bsol utel y necessa ry
tha t the a xis of the cra dl e trunnions be l ev el . The trunnions wil l
be l ev el when the top ca rria ge is l ev el . Check with a gunner's
qua dra nt.
(3) Bring the howitzer tube to nea r center tra v erse.
(4) The testing ta rget (fig. 113) must be l ev el ed horizonta l l y
a nd til ted v ertica l l y, so tha t its fa ce is a t right a ngl es to (squa re
with) the l ine of sight through the bore of the howitzer. I f shrink
a ge of the testing ta rget is suspected, check the dimensions with a
sca l e or rul er before using the ta rget.
(5) When using the testing ta rget, bring the howitzer to zero
degrees el ev a tion a nd check the l ongitudina l l ev el with a gunner's
qua dra nt. Then mov e the ta rget until the bore a iming point is
centered, a s seen through the bore sights in the howitzer bore.
(6) When using a dista nt ta rget, sel ect a n a iming point a s
nea r to zero el ev a tion a s pra ctica bl e a nd sight the bore a ccura tel y
on the point. I f bore sighting the 8-inch howitzer ca rria ge M l ,
determine the exa ct howitzer a ngl e of el ev a tion by use of the
gunner's qua dra nt a nd a djust the sighting equipment to the sa me
a ngl e.
(7) Once this a l inement ha s been obta ined, do not shift the
howitzer ca rria ge or the testing ta rget, until the tests a nd a djust
ments in pa ra gra phs 104c, 107c, a nd 108c ha v e been compl eted.
When using cel estia l bodies a s ta rgets, the bore-sighting opera tion
must be performed ra pidl y to minimize errors a rising from the
norma l motion of these bodies.
188
OF 37 MM SUBCALIBER GUN
ER LINES TO BE i/s WIDE x 2.1/2 LONG
OF 8 IN. HOWITZER Ml
-- 2
/ If
> IN. HO WITZER CARR., Ml
RA PD 107568
Section XXIX. SUBCALIBER EQUIPMENT
110. Purpose
Subca l iber equipment, which is used for tra ining purposes onl y,
a nd is not ta ken into the thea ter of opera tions, consists of the
fol l owing:
37-mm gun a nd recoil mecha nism M 1916
37-mm subca l iber mount M 10
Ca l iber .22-.30 rifl e a da pter M 17
Ca l iber .22 rifl e M 2
Ca l iber .30 rifl e M 1903
The subca l iber equipment is used to prov ide pra ctice in l a ying
a nd firing the 8-inch howitzer ma teriel M 2. The use of sma l l er
bore a mmunition prev ents wea r on the regul a r piece a nd is l ess
costl y. The a ctua l ha ndl ing, l oa ding, a nd ra nge obta ined a re
different.
910712 O5013
189
111. General
a . F or ta bul a ted da ta , see pa ra gra ph 6.
The 37-mm gun M 1916 (figs. 114 a nd 115) is a singl e-shot,
ha nd-l oa ded wea pon with a ma nua l l y opera ted, eccentric-screw
type breechbl ock.
.37-MM GUN M1916
37-MM GUN RECOIL MECHANISM
(37-MM SUBCALIBER
MOUNT M10
RA PD 102058
The 37-mm gun recoil mecha nism M 1916 (figs. 114 a nd 115)
is a hydrospring type a nd consists of the recoil mecha nism,
counterrecoil mecha nism, a nd counterrecoil buffer, conta ined in a
singl e cyl inder. The recoil mecha nism control s the force crea ted
by firing a nd reta rds the rea rwa rd mov ement of the gun in a
gra dua l ma nner. The counterrecoil mecha nism returns the gun
into ba ttery in order tha t it ma y be fired a ga in. The counterrecoil
buffer functions a t the end of counterrecoil by sl owing down a nd
stopping the counterrecoil a ction without injury to the system.
The 37-mm subca l iber mount M 10 (fig. 115) consists of a
cra dl e mounting bra cket to which the deta cha bl e right cra dl e trun
nion bea ring bra cket is fa stened. The l eft cra dl e trunnion bea ring
is ca st a s a n integra l pa rt of the cra dl e mounting bra cket. Both
trunnion bea rings a re equipped with ca p screws a nd ja m nuts
which not onl y reta in the gun cra dl e in position, but a l so prov ide
a mea ns of l a tera l a djustment. The col l a r a t the front end of the
cra dl e mounting bra cket houses three screws a nd ja m nuts which
reta in the front end of the recoil cyl inder a nd a l so prov ide a
mea ns of v ertica l a djustment.
190
J 37-MM GUN RECOIL
/MECHANISM MI916
37-MM SUBCALIBER MOUNT MIO
RA PD 102059
The ca l iber .22-.30 rifl e a da pter M 17 (fig. 116) is positioned
in the 37-mra subca l iber mount M I O a s shown on figures 117 a nd
118. The rifl e a da pter mounts either the ca l iber .22 rifl e M 2 or
the ca l iber .30 rifl e M 1903 with the stock remov ed.
/. The ca l iber .22 rifl e M 2 a nd ca l iber .30 rifl e M 1903 a re ful l y
described in TM 9-280 a nd TM 9-270, respectiv el y.
191
CALIBER .22-.30 RIFLE ADAPTER M17_
CALIBER .22 RIFLE M2
37-MM SUBCALIBER MOUNT M10
RA PD 108519
37-MM SUBCALIBER MOUNT M10
CALIBER .22-.30 RIFLE ADAPTER
CALIBER .30 RIFLE M1903
RA PD 108520
112. O peration of Subcaliber Gun and Mount
a . PRECA UTI ONS. (1) Before firing, check to be sure tha t the
bore is cl ea n a nd dry, tha t the recoil mecha nism is properl y fil l ed
bel ow), tha t the mount is securel y fa stened to the 8-inch how
itzer, a nd tha t both wea pons a re properl y bore sighted. A l so
check to see tha t a l l mov ing pa rts a re oil ed a nd tha t a l l pa rts a re
functioning properl y.
(2) A v oid working the trigger mecha nism when there is no
round in the cha mber. Do not a ttempt to force the trigger cra nk
l ev er when the breech is not compl etel y cl osed. The sea r is l ocked
by the sa fety bol t a nd ca nnot mov e when the breech is open.
(3) The breechbl ock ca nnot be opened unl ess the firing mech
a nism is cocked. Ca ution is required on the first round or a fter a
misfire when the gunner ha s to rea ch a cross the gun to cock the
firing mecha nism. Subsequent firing a utoma tica l l y recocks it.
6. COCK I NG. To cock, pl a ce the pa l m of the ha nd a ga inst the
cocking ha ndl e of the striker a nd push it forwa rd until it l a tches
(fig. 119).
192
COCKING HANDLE OF STRIKER
RA PD 102061
OPERA TI NG THE BREECH M ECHA NI SM . To open the breech,
rota te the breechbl ock l ev er to the l eft a s fa r a s it wil l go in order
to rota te the breechbl ock a nd position the eccentric opening in
the breechbl ock in l ine with the bore (fig. 120). This a ction oper
a tes the extra ctor, which extra cts a nd ejects the ca rtridge ca se.
When the breechbl ock l ev er is mov ed to the right, the breechbl ock
cl oses the breech, forcing the ca rtridge home; pl a ces the firing pin
in l ine with the percussion ca p in the ba se of the ca rtridge ca se;
a nd a t the sa me time rel ea ses the sa fety bol t.
The breech ca nnot be opened if the firing mecha nism is not cocked.
OPERA TI ON. (1) The norma l position for opera ting the
37-mm gun is from the right side.
(2) F irst cock the gun (if not a l rea dy a utoma tica l l y recocked)
a nd then open the breech.
(3) Pl a ce round in breech opening (fig. 120) a nd push it
forwa rd a s fa r a s a l l owed by the extra ctor. Rota te the breech
bl ock l ev er to the right until the breech is ful l y cl osed (fig. 121).
The gun is now rea dy to fire.
193
EA PD 102063
PISTON CROSSHEAD
KEY ASSEMBLY
TRIGGER CRANK
TO ClOSE
BREECHBLOCK)'
LEVER ASSEMBLY}
FETY BOLT-51-23-31F
RA PD 108530
194
(4) F iring is a ccompl ished by pressing the trigger cra nk
a ctua ting l ev er (fig. 122) a nd then rel ea sing it promptl y. During
firing, shoul d a misfire occur, recock, rel a y, a nd ma ke a nother
a ttempt to fire. I f fa il ure continues a fter three a ttempts to fire,
wa it 2 minutes before opening breech.
"TRIGGER CRANK ACTUATING LEVER
v% RA PD 108527
:v-,, r ' f
(5) The ma ximum el ev a tion a t which the 37-mm gun ca n be
serv ed, without depressing the prima ry wea pon to l oa d, is 65
degrees. A t the l ower el ev a tions, the gun is serv ed by sta nding on
the tra il s or bogie. A t the higher el ev a tions, the gun is serv ed by
sta nding on a boa rd pl a ced a cross the tra il s under the breechbl ock.
F I L L I NG THE RECOI L M ECHA NI SM . The recoil mecha nism
requires 2% pints of oil or 21 oil gun fil l s. Onl y recoil oil (specia l )
is used for this purpose. The fil l ing procedure is a s fol l ows:
(1) Ra ise the rea r end of the recoil mecha nism higher tha n the
front end .(fig. 123).
195
196
(2) F il l oil gun. To fil l oil gun, unscrew the nozzl e of the oil
gun a nd pul l the pl unger ba ck. F il l with recoil oil (specia l ).
Repl a ce the nozzl e a nd push the pl unger up gentl y to force out
the a ir.
(3) Remov e the fil l ing pl ug in the front of the cra dl e.
(4) Screw the oil gun into the fil l ing hol e.
(5) Remov e the dra in pl ug in the right side of the cra dl e.
(6) Push the pl unger of the oil gun in sl owl y, a t the sa me time
wa tching for the esca pe of oil from the dra in hol e. When the oil
runs out free of a ir bubbl es, the recoil mecha nism is ful l .
(7) Remov e the oil gun. Before repl a cing the fil l ing a nd dra in
pl ugs, l et a bout 2 tea spoonful s of oil esca pe, then screw the two
pl ugs in tightl y. This is necessa ry beca use the expa nsion of oil
during prol onged fire ma y interfere with the compl ete return of
the gun to ba ttery.
/. BORE SI GHTI NG. (1) A s the 37-mm gun is to be l a id with
the regul a r sighting a nd l a ying mecha nism of the 8-inch howitzer,
the bores of the two wea pons shoul d be pa ra l l el . Bore sighting is
the method by which this is a ccompl ished. I t is essentia l tha t both
the subca l iber gun a nd the howitzer be bore-sighted before firing
is commenced, a nd the a l inement checked frequentl y during firing.
(2) The procedure necessa ry to bring the a xis of the bore of
the subca l iber gun pa ra l l el to tha t of the howitzer is a s fol l ows:
(a ) I nsert the breech a nd muzzl e bore sights in the subca l iber
gun a nd howitzer.
(6) M a ke a testing ta rget by wra pping two pieces of bl a ck
ta pe of equa l width a round the a iming post, with the bottom edges
of ea ch exa ctl y 16.38 inches a pa rt. By the use of the a iming post
a s a testing ta rget, it wil l not be necessa ry to l ev el the 8-inch
howitzer, a s the post ca n be ca nted to conform to the a ngl e of the
prima ry wea pon. Thus, the v ertica l l ine of the howitzer wil l be
pa ra l l el to the a iming post. The testing ta rget shoul d then be
pl a ced a bout 50 ya rds in front of the howitzer. The more dista nt
the ta rget, the l ess wil l be the error produced by ina ccura cies in
constructing the ta rget.
(c) A l ine the bore of the howitzer with the bottom edge of the
l ower ta pe on the ta rget.
A l ine the bore of the gun with the bottom edge of the top
ta pe on the ta rget.
A l l the a djustments of the 37-mm gun a re ma de by a djust
ing the screws in the col l a r of the subca l iber mount tha t encircl es
the recoil cyl inder a nd by a djusting the screws in the trunnion
bea ring bra ckets. When tightening the screws, ca re must be
ta ken not to pl a ce a stra in on the recoil cyl inder a s it ma y become
197
distorted a nd so prev ent the subca l iber gun from returning ful l y
into ba ttery. A fter the bore of the 37-mm gun is properl y a l ined,
fit the ja m nuts up tight by tightening them intermittentl y.
113. Preventive Maintenance Schedules for the 37-mm Gun
Materiel.
The fol l owing ta bl e conta ins instructions designed to insure
proper functioning of the 37-mm gun ma teriel a t a l l times. These
instructions must be scrupul ousl y observ ed.
Gun, recoil .
mecha nism, a nd
mount a s a unit.
Genera l inspection. Genera l see pa ra gra phs 9 or
10. Check to see tha t mount
is securel y fa stened to pri
ma ry wea pon, a nd tha t both
wea pons a re properl y bore-
sighted (pa r. 112/). Try
ejection with empty shel l
ca se.
Gun ba rrel .I nspect, cl ea n, a nd
dry.
Piston cross hea d key. .I nspect, cl ea n, a nd
l ubrica te.
Breechbl ock . I nspect a nd check for
proper functioning.
Genera l see pa ra gra ph 56.
Remov e the piston cross hea d
key a nd sl ide the gun ba ck to
insure tha t the ja cket shoe
a nd recoil wa ys a re free
from burs.
I f the sea r, sea r spring or sea r
pl unger becomes worn, en
tire key shoul d be repl a ced.
Genera l see pa ra gra ph 60.
I nspect the firing pin hol e in
the fa ce of the oreechbl ock,
depress the rocker pl unger,
a nd note how fa r the firing
pin protrudes. With the
rocker pl unger ful l y de
pressed, the firing pin shoul d
protrude a pproxima tel y %
inch. Remov e the firing
mecha nism. Exa mine the
pa rts for rust a nd burred
surfa ces. The free l ength of
firing pin spring is 25/32
inch. Test the tension of the
breechbl ock l ev er l a tch
spring. Repl a ce a l l worn
pa rts with new ones, or with
pa rts tha t a re decl a red us
a bl e by ordna nce personnel .
198
Recoil mecha nism .Check for l ea ks a nd
proper functioning.
Exa mine the front a nd rea r
cra dl e ca ps for oil l ea ks, a nd
for l ea ks a t the piston rod
pa cking wa sher. Check the
qua ntity of oil in recoil
mecha nism. Perform a re
tra ction test. A simpl e re
tra ction test ma y be ma de
by ma nua l l y retra cting the
gun, bl ocking it with a piece
of wood a bout 10 inches
l ong, a nd then pul l ing out
the bl ock with a cord or
wire. The gun shoul d return
to ba ttery quickl y, but with
out shock.
Striker a nd trigger I nspect a nd check for
mecha nisms. proper functioning.
Test the tension of the striker
spring a nd sea r pl unger
spring. Test the a ction of
the trigger cra nk a nd trig
ger cra nk l ev er. The trigger
cra nk pl unger shoul d ha v e
tension enough to hol d the
trigger cra nk in pl a ce. Ex
a mine the sea r a nd sea r
notch for burs or worn sur
fa ces.
Gun ba rrel .....
Recoil mecha nism
.Exa mine bore for
powder foul ing.
.Check for proper
functioning.
Cl ea n with bore brush if
necessa ry.
The l ength of recoil shoul d be
mea sured for the first few
rounds a nd then a t regul a r
interv a l s. Norma l l ength of
recoil is 7 to 10 indhes
(ma ximum).
Gun ba rrel ..........Cl ea n a nd l ubrica te.
Breechbl ock, a nd Cl ea n a nd l ubrica te,
striker a nd trigger
mecha nisms.
. See pa ra gra ph 56.
.Disa ssembl e, cl ea n, a nd re-
l ubrica te.
Recoil mecha nism ... .Genera l inspection .. .Exa mine for worn, l oose, or
broken pa rts.
114. Disassembly and Assembly of Subcaliber Equipment
M OUNTI NG SUBCA L I BER EQUI PM ENT. (1) To mount the
Subca l iber mount, a l ine the hol es on the bottom of the cra dl e
mounting bra cket with those on the 8-inch howitzer tube a nd
secure the bra cket with the two mount cl a mping bol ts prov ided
(fig. 114).
199
(2) To mount the subca l iber gun, l oosen the a djusting screws
in the front col l a r of the mount. Remov e the cra dl e trunnion
bra cket from the right side of the cra dl e mounting bra cket by
remov ing the ca p screw a nd wa sher which reta in it in position.
L ift the 37-mm gun with recoil mecha nism to the top of the
8-inch howitzer a nd insert the front end of the recoil cyl inder
through the front col l a r of the mount, mea nwhil e pl a cing the
trunnion of the recoil mecha nism in the trunnion bea ring on the
l eft side of the cra dl e mounting bra cket. A ssembl e the cra dl e
trunnion bra cket to the cra dl e mounting bra cket, a nd secure it
with the ca p screw a nd wa sher. Tighten ca p screws in the trunnion
bea rings a nd those in the front col l a r just enough to reta in the
37-mm gun in position.
37-M M GUN. (1) To remov e the gun, first rel ea se the
striker by pressing down on the trigger cra nk a ctua ting l ev er
with the right thumb whil e a ppl ying pressure a ga inst the cocking
ha ndl e with the l eft ha nd, thus prev enting too fa st a mov ement
of the striker. Remov e the piston crosshea d key by pressing its
l a tch upwa rd a nd pushing the key out to the l eft. Gra sp the
muzzl e with one ha nd a nd the breech with the other, a nd ca reful l y
dra w the gun to the rea r a nd off the cra dl e.
(2) To repl a ce the gun, first cl ea n a nd l ubrica te the gun sl ides
a nd the piston crosshea d. I nsert the gun from the rea r, ca reful l y
ma inta ining a l inement to a v oid ja mming the gun sl ides. Repl a ce
the piston crosshea d key.
BREECH M ECHA NI SM (figs. 124 a nd 125). (1) To dismount
the breechbl ock, cock the piece with the l eft ha nd by mea ns of
the cocking ha ndl e on the striker. Remov e the breechbl ock l ev er
with the right ha nd by gra sping the ha ndl e with the fingers a nd
pressing the breechbl ock l ev er rel ea se pin ca p with the thumb.
Ta ke out the extra ctor pin by pressing the extra ctor pin l a tch
towa rd the breech with the l eft forefinger, a nd pul l ing it out to
the right with the right ha nd. The extra ctor wil l drop down until
its heel cl ea rs the extra ctor ca m. Then unscrew the breechbl ock to
the l eft, gra sping it firml y in the right ha nd a nd supporting it
with the l eft ha nd.
(2) To repl a ce the breechbl ock, first see tha t the breech recess,
the extra ctor, a nd the threa ds of the breechbl ock a re thoroughl y
cl ea ned a nd l ightl y oil ed. Then set the extra ctor in its sea t, but
do not insert the extra ctor pin. Next, cock the mecha nism, screw
the breechbl ock home, a nd set the breechbl ock l ev er in pl a ce. Ra ise
the extra ctor by pushing upwa rd on its heel from under the bl ock,
a nd insert the extra ctor pin from the right until the extra ctor pin
l a tch springs out a nd secures the pin. Uncock the mecha nism by
200
rn rt
INCHES
EXTRACTOR PIN ASSEMBLY x
BREECH RING\
\BREECHBLOCK
/LEVER ASSEMBLY
BREECHBLOCK
SAFETY BOLT-51-23-3IF
'PISTON CROSSHEAD KEY ASSEMBLY RA pt> , 08528
pressing down on the trigger l ev er with the right thumb whil e
a ppl ying pressure a ga inst the cocking ha ndl e with the l eft ha nd
so a s to prev ent too fa st a mov ement of the striker.
Do not a ttempt to screw the breechbl ock in or out without first
remov ing the extra ctor pins.
(3) To dismount the extra ctor, dismount the breechbl ock a s
directed in step (1) a bov e. Withdra w the extra ctor by inserting
the l eft forefinger in the mortise in the ba se of the breech ring,
sl ightl y ra ising the extra ctor a nd gra sping it with thumb a nd
finger of the right ha nd.
(4) To repl a ce the extra ctor, see step (2) a bov e.
(5) To dismount the firing mecha nism, the gun shoul d be
cocked or the breechbl ock dismounted. The rocker pin is reta ined
in its sea t by the free end of the spring entering the groov es in
the outer end of the rocker pin. This spring ma y become stuck
with pa int, a nd shoul d be freed by scra ping the pa int a round the
edge before a ttempting to remov e the rocker pin. The hea d of
the rocker pin projects a t one side of the port. Pl a ce a sma l l bronze
drift a ga inst the projecting hea d a nd, with l ight ta ps, driv e the
pin into the port. The rocker is then free a nd, when remov ed,
exposes the firing pin, which wil l be pushed out by its spring, a nd
the rocker pl unger, a l l of which ma y then be ta ken out.
(6) To a ssembl e the firing mecha nism, first cl ea n a nd l ubri
ca te a l l pa rts. Then insert the rocker pl unger, firing pin spring,
a nd firing pin. Hol d the rocker pin down in its sea t with the
BREECHBLOCK
LEVER LATCH
IXTRACTOR CAM
BREECHBLOCK
FRONT VIEW
ROCKER1
PIN LATCH}
SCREW]
FIRING]
PINl
SPRING-f
51-23-27FJ
ROCKER RETAINING
PI N-5I -23-27C
FIRING PIN-51-23-27F
FIRING P
ACTUATING ROCKER -
51-23-27B
I 1
HES!
ROCKER PIN LATCH
ROCKER PLUNGER-51-23-27E
RA PD 108529
thumb until the rocker pin ca n be sta rted through. Push the pin
home a nd see tha t the rocker pin l a tch springs into the groov e.
(7) To remov e the piston crosshea d key, disenga ge the striker,
press up on the piston crosshea d key l a tch, a nd push out to the l eft.
(8) To a ssembl e the piston crosshea d key, first exa mine a nd
l ubrica te the pa rts. Push the key in pl a ce with the trigger cra nk
l ying in front of the l ong a rm of sea r. See tha t the sa fety bol t
properl y enga ges the descending a rm of the sea r before the piston
crosshea d key is pushed ful l y home. F a il ure to ha v e the sa fety
bol t in the proper position wil l prev ent the crosshea d key from
being ful l y pushed in, a nd a n a ttempt to force it wil l ca use da ma ge
to the sea r.
(9) To disa ssembl e the striker mecha nism, first remov e the
piston crosshea d key. Dra w the gun ba ck a bout 8 inches a nd
push the striker to its extreme forwa rd position to l oosen the
striker rod nut setscrew a nd unscrew the striker rod nut. A l l ow
the spring to expa nd sl owl y a nd push the striker rod out. Cl ea n
a l l pa rts. F ree height of the striker spring shoul d be 6.81 inches.
I f it is a s much a s 0.5 inch l ess tha n this, repl a ce it with a new
spring.
(10) To a ssembl e the striker mecha nism, first oil the striker
spring a nd striker rod. Pl a ce the striker spring ov er the rod a nd
insert both in the striker housing. Push the striker to the extreme
202
forwa rd position a nd turn the nut until the front edge of the nut
is a bout fl ush with the front end of the striker rod, ta king ca re
tha t the striker rod nut setscrew comes opposite its keywa y in
the striker housing. The stroke of the striker rod ma y be l ength
ened by unscrewing the striker rod nut a few turns. The setscrew
must not be omitted, a nd must be set so tha t it does not strike the
bottom of the keywa y.
RECOI L M ECHA NI SM . Disa ssembl y of the recoil mecha nism
by the using a rm is not permitted. The using a rm ma y onl y fil l or
dra in it a s necessity requires.
115. Maintenance of Subcaliber Equipment
The gun ma y, under certa in conditions, either fa il to return com
pl etel y to ba ttery, or ma y return too suddenl y with a shock which
wil l tend to da ma ge the wea pon. The firing mecha nism ma y ja m,
there ma y be a defectiv e ca rtridge, or a fa il ure to eject a n empty
ca rtridge ca se properl y, or the breech ma y not open.
I ncompl ete return to ba ttery is ev ident when the firing
mecha nism does not cock, or the cocking is not sufficient to fire the
next round. This ma y be ca used by wea kened counterrecoil
springs, scored or scra tched ja cket shoe guides, a dented recoil
cyl inder, or by a n excess of oil in the recoil mecha nism ca used by
the expa nsion of the oil from continued firing. I n the l a tter ca se, a
l ittl e oil ma y be l et out of the recoil mecha nism by unscrewing the
dra in pl ug l oca ted on the rea r right side of the cra dl e. I f it is
thought tha t the condition of the guides is ca using the difficul ty
the gun shoul d be dismounted a nd the guides exa mined for tra ces
of scra tches, foul ing, etc. These ma y be remedied by use of
crocus cl oth fol l owed by a thorough cl ea ning a nd oil ing. Test the
opera tion of the gun in the sl ides before repl a cing the piston
crosshea d key.
Sudden return to ba ttery, with a ja rring impa ct, is ca used
by incompl ete buffer a ction a t the end of counterrecoil , tha t is,
insufficient oil in the recoil mecha nism. Ordina ril y, a ddition of a
l ittl e oil wil l remedy this condition. To do this, refil l by remov ing
the fil l ing pl ug a t the front of the cra dl e a nd inject sufficient oil
by mea ns of the oil gun.
Trigger cra nk l ev er ja mming, which prev ents sufficient de
pression to opera te the firing mecha nism, ca n usua l l y be a ttributed
to incompl ete cl osure of the breech, which ca uses the sa fety bol t to
l ock the sea r. The ca rtridge ca se shoul d be exa mined for da ma ged
rim or other defects tending to prev ent its insertion into the
cha mber. A nother round ma y be tried. I f the round is not the
ca use of the difficul ty, exa mine the cha mber for dirt or foul ing,
203
a nd the trigger mecha nism for broken or da ma ged pa rts, a nd for
foreign ma tter which ma y ha v e become ca ught in the mecha nism.
Broken or da ma ged pa rts shoul d be repl a ced.
F a il ure to fire is ca used by a defectiv e primer, a wea kened
striker spring, a worn or broken firing pin, or dirt in the firing
pin recess. I f two percussions a re frequentl y necessa ry to produce
discha rge, the striker spring ha s either become wea kened a nd
shoul d be repl a ced, or it is so cl ogged with dirt a nd ha rdened
grea se tha t it ca nnot function properl y. I f no defect ca n be found
in the firing mecha nism a nd the round does not fire a fter three
percussions, wa it 2 minutes, a nd then repl a ce it with a nother
round, a s the primer is defectiv e.
Defectiv e extra ction ma y occur when the ca rtridge ca se
tends to stick in the cha mber either beca use the cha mber is burred
or foul ed with powder, or beca use the extra ctor is da ma ged or
broken. A poor ca rtridge ca se ma y stick in the cha mber beca use
of expa nsion, in which ca se the ha nd extra ctor shoul d be used to
compl ete extra ction. Ca reful use of crocus cl oth wil l correct
sticking ca used by burs in the cha mber. I f the extra ctor is broken
or da ma ged, it shoul d be repl a ced.
/. F a il ure of the breech to open ma y be ca used by the fa ct tha t
the gun is uncocked. The gun ma y be uncocked beca use the ca n
noneer fa il ed to rel ea se the trigger cra nk l ev er, or beca use of a
worn or broken sea r, a defectiv e sea r pl unger a nd spring, or a
worn or broken shoul der on the striker rod.
116. Lubrication of Subcaliber Equipment
The 37-mm gun ma teriel ha s v ery few oil hol es or specia l fittings,
yet it requires regul a r oil ing of certa in bea rings. The fol l owing
l ubrica tion guide indica tes where l ubrica tion is necessa ry, the
a mount a nd frequency required, a nd the method of a ppl ica tion re
quired in a ctiv e serv ice. Preserv a tiv e l ubrica ting oil , medium, wil l
be used a t tempera tures a bov e 0 F .; preserv a tiv e l ubrica ting oil ,
specia l , a t tempera tures bel ow 0 F .
204
Bore ................ Swa b with bore brush. Cl ea n a nd l ubrica te in the
Dry a nd a ppl y oil sa me ma nner a s the 8-
with jute burl a p. inch howitzer (pa r. 56).
Breechbl ock ......... A ppl y oil to threa ds..... Weekl y. Unscrew breech
bl ock (pa r. 114c).
F iring pin ........... Drops a t conta ct Weekl y. Whil e breechbl ock
surfa ces. is dismounted (pa r I 14c).
Extra ctor a nd Drops a t conta ct Weekl y. Whil e breechbl ock
extra ctor pin ...... surfa ces. is dismounted (pa r 114c).
Sa fety bol t .......... Drops a t ends of Weekl y. Whil e breechbl ock
bra cket. is dismounted (pa r 114c).
Striker rod .......... Drops a t ends of Weekl y. Whil e breechbl ock
bra cket. is dismounted (pa r 114c).
Sea r ................ Drops a t bea ring Weekl y. Whil e breechbl ock
surfa ce. is dismounted (pa r 114c).
Piston crosshea d key.. Drops a t conta ct A t a ssembl y,
surfa ces.
Striker spring ....... Sl ush .................. A t a ssembl y.
Gun sl ides ........... Cov er bea ring surfa ces... Dismount gun.
Trigger cra nk ........ One drop a t ea ch end of Weekl y.
bea ring.
117. Ammunition
The a mmunition issued for use with the 37-mm gun M 1916 is
described in pa ra gra ph 100.
118. O rganizational Spare Parts, Tools, and Equipment
a . SPA RE PA RTS. A set of orga niza tiona l spa re pa rts is sup
pl ied to the using a rm for fiel d repl a cement of those pa rts most
l ikel y to become worn, broken, or otherwise unserv icea bl e.
TOOL S A ND EQUI PM ENT. A set of orga niza tiona l tool s a nd
equipment is suppl ied to the using a rm for ma inta ining a nd using
the ma teriel . This set conta ins items required for disa ssembl y,
a ssembl y, cl ea ning, a nd preserv ing the 37-mm gun ma teriel . Tool s
a nd equipment shoul d not be used for purposes other tha n pre
scribed a nd, when not in use, shoul d be properl y stored in the
chest a nd/or rol l prov ided for them.
L I ST OF SPA RE PA RTS, TOOL S, A ND EQUI PM ENT. Spa re pa rts,
tool s, a nd equipment suppl ied for the 37-mm gun ma teriel a re
l isted in WD Suppl y Ca ta l og ORD 7 SNL C-33, Section 13, which
is the a uthority for requisitioning repl a cements. There a re no
spa re pa rts, tool s, or equipment suppl ied for the 37-mm subca l iber
mount M 10.
RECOI L OI L GUNS. (1) Recoil oil gun 41-G-1362-15
(CL A X7A ) wil l be issued for use in fil l ing the recoil mecha nism
of the 37-mm gun M 1916 in l ieu of oil gun 15-18-83, which is no
l onger being produced (fig. 126).
GUN - 41-C-1362-15
INCHES '
1 2
GUN- 15-18-83
RA PD 108526
(2) The oil gun 41-G-1362-15 is not a da pted for the recoil
mecha nism M 1916 beca use the nozzl e of the gun is i/2 inch in
dia meter with sta nda rd threa d, wherea s the end ca p of the recoil
mecha nism is a da pted for a metric-threa ded nozzl e of 12-mm
dia meter. To use this substitute oil gun, a n a da pter, two ga skets,
pl ug, a nd l ink must be ma nufa ctured l oca l l y a s shown in figures
127 a nd 128. The a da pter must be a ssembl ed to the recoil mech
a nism a nd ca p whenev er it becomes necessa ry to repl a ce the oil
gun 15-18-83 with the gun 41-G-1362-15.
206
ADAPTER
. GASKET, ADAPTER
GASKET, PLUG
PLUG
LINK
RA PD 102120
207
12 TH'D.
I.mm PITCH
l2."a'mmDIAM.
TZ 18 DEEP
.--20 NF-3TH*D:
C-BORE -ff-DIAM.
I HEX STEEL
ADAPTER
-g--20NF-3 TH'D
v<
\V^
V >^ \
1020 STEEL
PLUG
.510
HI-
GASKET, PLUG
COPPER, SOFT
.483
GASKET, ADAPTER
COPPER, SOFT
DIAM.
LINK
WD 1020 STEEL WIRE
.I20(NO.II) DIAM.
RA PD 102119
208
APPENDIX I
STO RAGE AND SHIPMENT
1. Preparation of Materiel for Shipment
Prepa ra tion of the 8-inch howitzer a nd ca rria ge M l , for
shipment for the cl a ssifica tions l isted bel ow, wil l be a ccompl ished
a s directed in WD SB 9-4.
(1) Cl a ss I Processing for a l l shipments to destina tions
within continenta l U. S., directl y to ports of emba rka tion.
(2) Cl a ss I I Processing suppl ementing cl a ss I , for shipments
directl y to ports of emba rka tion.
(3) Cl a ss I I I Processing to be performed by ports of em
ba rka tion for a l l shipments except comba t l oa ded.
I f during the course of shipment, opera tions embra ce deep
wa ter fording, prepa re ma teriel in a ccorda nce with TM 9-2853.
2. Preparation of Materiel for Storage
a . GENERA L . (1) M a teriel receiv ed for stora ge a l rea dy pro
cessed for domestic shipment a s indica ted on "V ehicl e Processing
Record Ta g" for cl a ssifica tions I , I I , or I I I , wil l not be reprocessed
unl ess the inspection prepa ra tory to or during stora ge rev ea l s
corrosion, deteriora tion, etc.
(2) Compl etel y process ma teriel before stora ge (6 through
bel ow), if it is determined from the prev ious stora ge processing
recorded on the ta g tha t such ha s been rendered ineffectiv e by
opera tion, use, or da ma ge to the ma teriel , or upon receipt of
ma teriel direct from ma nufa cturing fa cil ities.
6. M A TERI A L S REQUI RED. The required ma teria l s l isted for
prepa ra tion of ma teriel for stora ge a re in a ddition to those l isted
in pa ra gra ph 31.
A CI D, phosphoric, meta l
conditioner, concentra ted,
wipe-off type, type I I
BA RRI ER, wa terproof (type
E-2)
COM POUND, rust-prev entiv e,
l ight
COM POUND, rust-prev entiv e,
medium
COM POUND," rust-prev entiv e,
thin fil m
COM POUND, sea l ing, ta pe
SOA P, issue
WRA PPI NG, grea seproof
(type I , gra de C)
209
c. RECEI V I NG I NSPECTI ONS. (1) When ma teriel is out of use,
it must be turned ov er to ordna nce personnel or pl a ced in a
stora ge sta tus for periods not to exceed 90 da ys. Stora ge of
ma teriel for periods in excess of 90 da ys wil l norma l l y be ha ndl ed
by
(2) I mmedia tel y upon receipt of ma teriel for stora ge, it must
be inspected a nd serv iced a s prescribed in section I V . M a ke a
systema tic inspection a nd repl a ce or repa ir a l l missing or broken
pa rts. I f repa irs ca nnot be ma de prior to pl a cing ma teriel in
stora ge, a tta ch a ta g to the ma teriel specifying the repa irs needed
a nd ma ke a written report of these items to the
of the ma teriel .
CL EA NI NG. Prior to the a ppl ica tion of preserv a tiv es a nd
protectiv e wra pping, thoroughl y cl ea n the howitzer a nd ca rria ge
a s described bel ow. Giv e specia l a ttention to bea ring surfa ces,
rev ol v ing pa rts, springs, screw threa ds, gea r teeth, a nd exterior
surfa ces, a s wel l a s the interior of the breech ring a nd the bore
of the howitzer. Do not use dry cl ea ning sol v ent to cl ea n the
bore of howitzer.
M a ke the pa rtia l disa ssembl y of the breech a nd firing mecha nisms in
a ccorda nce with the procedure outl ined in sections XV a nd XV I .
(1)
is
first preference for cl ea ning ma teriel .
The sta nda rd bore brushes a nd cl ea ning equipment
suppl ied with ma teriel a re sa tisfa ctory for cl ea ning.
The cl ea ner is most efficient when used undil uted. When
necessa ry to conserv e suppl y, dil ute rifl e bore cl ea ner
up to 50 percent with wa ter prov ided prev a il ing
tempera tures a re a bov e +32 F . When tempera tures
a re bel ow +32 F . dil ute the cl ea ner with a sol ution
of gra de I I dena tured a l cohol a nd wa ter in the pro
portions prescribed in TM 9-850, ta bl e I , "Guide for
Prepa ring F resh A nti-F reeze Sol utions."
Gra de I I dena tured a l cohol is the onl y a uthorized
sol ution tha t ma y be used a s a ny other a nti-freeze compound wil l
tend to "gum up" the bore of the howitzer a nd ca use sev ere
da ma ge to the wea pon.
is second preference for cl ea ning
ma teriel . A ppl y dry cl ea ning sol v ent by scrubbing with a brush
or wiping with a cl ea n, sa tura ted cl oth. Repea t a ppl ica tion with
cl ea n sol v ent a nd cl oths until a l l tra ces of foreign ma tter ha v e
been remov ed.
ma y be used if rifl e bore cl ea ner or dry
cl ea ning sol v ent is una v a il a bl e. Dissol v e 1 pound of issue soa p in
210
chip form in 4 ga l l ons of hot wa ter. The efficiency of soa p sol u
tions is a ccel era ted more by ra ising the tempera ture of the
sol utions tha n by increa sing the a mount of soa p. M a ximum
resul ts a re obta ined with a tempera ture of +180 F . to +200 F .
When soa p sol utions a re used, thoroughl y rinse ma teriel immedia tel y
in cl ea r hot wa ter, to remov e a l l tra ces of the sol ution which ma y promote
corrosion or deteriora tion of the finish. Under no circumsta nces use a hose,
either norma l or high-pressure, in cl ea ning a ny sighting equipment or a ny
fire control instruments. Before wa shing, ta ke off remov a bl e sighting equip-
ment from the ma teriel to be cl ea ned. I n ca ses where it is not remov a bl e,
ta ke ca re to cov er the pa rts properl y.
(2) Cl ea n a l l meta l surfa ces tha t
ha v e become rusted or pitted a s fol l ows:
(a )
Use crocus cl oth for remov ing rust from finished sur
fa ces.
Use a l uminum-oxide a bra siv e cl oth for remov ing rust
from unfinished surfa ces where sl ight remov a l of
meta l wil l not a ffect the functioning of the pa rt.
Use type I I , wipe-off type, concentra ted, meta l condi
tioner, phosphoric a cid for remov a l of rust from un
finished surfa ces where pits a re too deep to be remov ed
with a l uminum-oxide a bra siv e cl oth.
Remov e pa int from rusted a rea using fl int pa per (sa nd
pa per) gra de 0 to gra de 3.
Remov e rust a s prescribed in (a ) a bov e a nd repa int.
L UBRI CA TI ON. The ma teriel wil l be compl etel y l ubrica ted
before ra il shipment or stora ge in a ccorda nce with Wa r Depa rt
ment L ubrica tion Order 9-335 (figs. 48 a nd 49).
/. A PPL I CA TI ON OF PRESERV A TI V ES A ND PROTECTI V E WRA PPI NGS.
A ppl y preserv a tiv es immedia tel y a fter cl ea ning a nd drying, a s a
rust sta in wil l form if ma teriel is ha ndl ed between opera tions.
A ppl y rust-prev entiv e compound (l ight) a nd (medium) hot, in
order to obta in sufficient fl uidity to a dhere to the meta l surfa ces.
This is best a ccompl ished by pl a cing the compound conta iner in a
v essel of wa ter a nd hea ting.
The ma ximum tempera ture to which rust prev entiv e compound
(l ight) ma y be hea ted is 150 F . a nd rust-prev entiv e compound (medium)
ma y be hea ted to not more tha n 180 F .
A ppl ica tion of a fl a me directl y to the compound conta iner must
be a v oided, a s ov erhea ting wil l destroy the protectiv e qua l ities of
the compound a nd ma y crea te a fire ha za rd. F or description of
preserv a tiv es used herein a nd method of a ppl ica tion, refer to
TM 9-850.
211
(1) Swa b the howitzer bore thoroughl y
using a ra mrod a nd cl ea n cl oths soa ked in hea ted rust prev entiv e
compound (medium).
(6) Cov er the muzzl e with type I , gra de C grea seproof wra p
ping ma teria l a nd secure with nonhygroscopic a dhesiv e ta pe (fig.
129). Pl a ce a corruga ted pa per disk ov er the muzzl e end a nd
position a pl ywood disk a ga inst the corruga ted pa per disk. Secure
with nonhygroscopic a dhesiv e ta pe. I ncl ose the entire muzzl e end
with type E-2 wa terproof ba rrier ma teria l , a nd thoroughl y secure
to the howitzer with nonhygroscopic a dhesiv e ta pe. A ppl y ta pe
sea l ing compound ov er ta pe to protect it a ga inst the el ements.
Rust-prev entiv e compound (thin fil m) ma y be used a s a substitute
for ta pe sea l ing compound.
(2) A ppl y hea ted rust-prev entiv e
compound (l ight) to the interior pa rts of the breech mecha nism,
a nd a ssembl e to the howitzer in a ccorda nce with a ssembl y pro
cedure outl ined in section XV . Before cl osing the breech, ma ke a
thorough inspection to insure tha t a l l unpa inted meta l surfa ces
a re coa ted with rust-prev entiv e compound (l ight). Sea l the a s
sembl ed breech mecha nism in the breech ring with rust-prev entiv e
compound (medium).
(6) Thoroughl y inspect the exterior of the breech to insure
tha t a l l exposed unpa inted meta l surfa ces ha v e been coa ted with
rust-prev entiv e compound (medium). Sea l the breech with two
l a yers of type I , gra de C grea seproof wra pping ma teria l . Secure
with nonhygroscopic a dhesiv e ta pe a nd a ppl y the ta pe sea l ing com
pound ov er ta pe.
(3) A ppl y a coa ting of
rust-prev entiv e compound (medium) to a ny mecha nica l or finished
unpa inted surfa ces of the howitzer a nd ca rria ge not a l rea dy
preserv ed.
COV ERS. I nsta l l a l l cov ers prov ided with the ma teriel a nd
securel y fa sten.
GUN BOOK . (1) During tra nsfer or shipment, keep the
gun book in a wa terproof env el ope securel y fa stened to the how
itzer with nonhygroscopic a dhesiv e ta pe.
(2) Under one of the wra ppings of ta pe, insert one end of a
sma l l ta b rea ding: "Gun book here."
TI RES. (1) Remov e a l l stones or other foreign objects from
the tire trea ds.
(2) K eep rubber equipment free from oil s, grea ses, a nd pre
serv a tiv es.
I f corrosion prev entiv es a re a ppl ied by spra ying, remov e rubber tires
or cov er with grea seproof wra pping ma teria l or ta pe.
212
4
-
I
N
C
H

W
I
D
E

O
.
D
.
N
O
N
-
H
Y
G
R
O
S
C
O
P
I
C
A
D
H
E
S
I
V
E

T
A
P
E
.
2h
i
t
e
s8
I
(
P
R
E
S
S

T
A
P
E

D
O
W
N

/
F
I
R
M
L
Y

A
T

A
L
L

E
D
G
E
S
E
N
D
S

O
F

T
A
P
E
]

S
E
C
U
R
E
D

B
Y

W
R
A
P
P
I
N
G
]
E
A
C
H

O
V
E
R
L
A
P
T
O

B
E
A
P
P
R
O
X
I
M
A
T
E
L
Y

T
W
O

I
N
C
H
E
S
T
A
P
E

A
R
O
U
N
D

T
H
E

E
N
D

O
F

T
U
B
E
F
I
R
S
T

L
A
Y
E
R
S

O
F

T
A
P
E

B
E
I
N
G

A
P
P
L
I
E
D
F
I
N
A
L

W
R
A
P
P
I
N
G

B
E
I
N
G

A
P
P
L
I
E
D
1
0

W
R
A

P
D

9
0
4
3
9
;'. PREF ERRED STORA GE. The preferred type of stora ge for this
ma teriel is in cl osed dry wa rehouses or sheds. Where it is found
necessa ry to store ma teriel in the open, cov er with ta rpa ul ins.
(See WD SB 9-47.)
I NSPECTI ONS. (1) Before pl a cing ma teriel in stora ge, ma ke
a systema tic inspection a s outl ined in a bov e.
(2) M a ke a v isua l inspection periodica l l y to determine genera l
condition. I f corrosion is found on a ny pa rt, remov e the rust
spots, cl ea n a nd trea t with the prescribed preserv a tiv es.
(3) Cl ea n, inspect, a nd properl y infl a te a l l tires. Repl a ce tires
requiring repa iring or retrea ding with serv icea bl e tires. M a teriel
must not be stored on fl oors, cinders, or other surfa ces, which a re
soa ked with oil or grea se. Wa sh off immedia tel y a ny oil , grea se,
ga sol ine, or sol v ent which comes in conta ct with tires under a ny
circumsta nces.
REM OV A L F ROM L I M I TED STORA GE. (!) I f the ma teriel is
not shipped or issued upon expira tion of the l imited stora ge
period, further trea t ma teriel for sta nd-by stora ge (ma teriel out
of use for periods in excess of 90 da ys up to 3 yea rs).
(2) I f ma teriel to be shipped wil l rea ch its destina tion within
the scope of the l imited stora ge period, it need not be reprocessed
upon remov a l from stora ge unl ess inspection rev ea l s it necessa ry.
(3) Deprocess ma teriel when it ha s been a scerta ined tha t it is
to be pl a ced into immedia te serv ice. Remov e a l l rust-prev entiv e
compounds a nd thoroughl y l ubrica te a s prescribed in section XL
Thoroughl y inspect ma teriel a nd serv ice a s prescribed in sec
tion I V .
3. Loading and Blocking Materiel on Railroad Car
L OA DI NG RUL ES. (1) I nspect ra il roa d ca rs to
see tha t they a re suita bl e to ca rry l oa ds to destina tions. F l oors
must be sound a nd a l l l oose na il s or other projections not a n
integra l pa rt of the ca r must be remov ed.
(2) Use perma nent ra mps for l oa ding the
ma teriel when a v a il a bl e. When such ra mps a re una v a il a bl e, use
improv ised ra mps constructed of ra il ties a nd/or other a v a il a bl e
l umber.
(3) Ca rs l oa ded in a ccorda nce with specifica
tions giv en herein must not be ha ndl ed in hump switching.
(6) Do not cut off ca rs whil e in motion. Coupl e ca rs ca reful l y
a nd a v oid unnecessa ry shocks.
(c) Pl a ce ca rs in ya rds or sidings so tha t they wil l be subjected
to a s l ittl e ha ndl ing a s possibl e. Designa te sepa ra te tra ck or
214
tra cks, when a v a il a bl e, a t termina l s a nd cl a ssifica tion or receiv ing
ya rds for such ca rs. Ca rs must be coupl ed a t a l l times da ring such
hol ding, a nd ha nd bra kes set.
(4) of the ra il roa ds ov er which ma teriel is to
be mov ed wil l gov ern the height a nd width of l oa d. A rmy a nd
ra il roa d officia l s must check a l l cl ea ra nces prior to ea ch mov e.
(5) I n determining the ma xi
mum weight of l oa d, the weights in ta bl e I I I wil l gov ern, except
where l oa d weight l imit ha s been reduced by the ca r owner.
(6) F or exa mpl e, ta bl e I I I giv es the ca pa city of the ca r a s
100,000 pounds (Col . 1) a nd the tota l weight of ca r a nd l oa d a s
169,000 pounds (Col . 2). The permissibl e weight of l oa d ca n be
computed by subtra cting the l ight weight of ca r, 37,000 pounds
(stencil ed on ea ch side of ca r a s "L t. Wt.") from the tota l weight
of ca r a nd l oa d, 169,000 pounds (Col . 2). This giv es a permissibl e
weight of l oa d of 132,000 pounds.
40,000 66,000
6 0 , 0 0 0 1 0 3 , 0 0 0
8 0 , 0 0 0 1 3 6 , 0 0 0
1 0 0 , 0 0 0 1 6 9 , 0 0 0
1 4 0 , 0 0 0 2 1 0 , 0 0 0
2 0 0 , 0 0 0 2 5 1 , 0 0 0
(6) must be a t l ea st 4 inches bel ow a nd
6 inches a bov e, behind a nd to ea ch side of the wheel (see A , fig.
130). I ncrea se bra ke wheel cl ea ra nce a s much a s is consistent
with proper l oca tion of l oa d.
(7) Pl a ce l oa d on the ca r so tha t there
wil l not be more weight on one side of the ca r tha n on the other.
One truck of the ca rrying ca r must not ca rry more tha n one-ha l f
of the l oa d weight.
V a rious types of ma teriel ha v ing common destina tions ma y be l oa ded
on the sa me ca r to require the use of a minimum number of ca rs.
(8) I ncrea se pressure to 10 pounds per squa re
inch a bov e norma l for shipment by ra il .
(9) Use a fl a t or drop-end gondol a ca r.
(10) Set bra kes a fter l oa ding the ma teriel ,
215

3

Is
:

.

3
-

o
f
O
o
<
s
>

-
8
$a
I
-

"
A
"

I

B
R
A
K
E

W
H
E
E
L

C
L
E
A
R
A
N
C
E

F
I
L
L
E
R

B
L
O
C
K
8
"

X

3
6
"

T
H
I
C
K
N
E
S
S
T
O

S
U
I
T
6
"

X

8
"

X

3
6
"

'

\

(
2
"

X

4
"

X

L
E
N
G
T
H
S
U
P
P
O
R
T

D

'
T

S
U
I
T

M
E
T
H
O
D

O
F

S
U
P
P
O
R
T
I
N
G

R
E
A
R

E
N
D

O
F

C
A
R
R
I
A
G
E
M
E
T
H
O
D

O
F

B
L
O
C
K
I
N
G

L
I
M
B
E
R
1
0
R
A

P
D

8
2
3
3
3
(11) Use ha rdwood, fir, spruce,
l ong l ea f yel l ow pine, l a rch, or heml ock, stra ight-gra ined a nd free
from strength-impa iring knots.
BL OCK I NG M A TERI EL ON RA I L ROA D CA R. (1) A l l
bl ocking instructions specified herein a re minimum a nd a re in
a ccorda nce with Specia l Suppl ement No. 1 of A ssocia tion of
A merica n Ra il roa ds, "L oa ding of Commodities on Open Top
Ca rs." A dd a dditiona l bl ocking a s required a t the discretion of
the officer-in-cha rge. A l l item reference l etters giv en bel ow refer
to the deta il s a nd l oca tions in figures 130 a nd 131.
(2) See a (6) a bov e.
(3) (Pa ttern 3, twel v e required). L oca te the 45
portion of the bl ocks a ga inst the front a nd rea r of the l imber
wheel s, in front of the intermedia te bogie wheel s, a nd in ba ck of
the rea r bogie wheel s. Na il heel of bl ock to ca r fl oor with three
fortypenny cement-coa ted na il s, a nd toena il one side of the bl ock
to the ca r fl oor with two fortypenny cement-coa ted na il s before
cl ea ts C a re a ppl ied.
(4) (Pa ttern 2, twel v e required, 2 in. x 4 in. x 36 in.
cl ea ts). L oca te two cl ea ts a ga inst the fa ce of the outside wheel s.
Na il l ower cl ea t to ca r fl oor with four thirtypenny cement-coa ted
na il s, a nd top cl ea t to the l ower cl ea t a nd ca r fl oor with four
thirtypenny cement-coa ted na il s.
(5) (three required). Pl a ce one support under ea ch
side of tra il crosswise of ca r a nd one under the rea r end of
howitzer ca rria ge l engthwise of ca r. The height of the support
shoul d be sl ightl y higher tha n the dista nce between the ma teriel
a nd ca r fl oor pa rtia l l y to rel iev e weight on tires. Toena il the sup
port to the ca r fl oor with four fortypenny cement-coa ted na il s on
ea ch side.
(6) (two required). Pl a ce supports under the l imber
a xl e l engthwise of ca r cl ose to ea ch wheel . Height wil l be 14 inch
higher tha n dista nce between the a xl e a nd ca r fl oor pa rtia l l y to
rel iev e weight on tires. Na il support to the ca r fl oor using ten
fortypenny cement-coa ted na il s.
(7) Ea ch to consist of four stra nds of No. 8 ga ge,
bl a ck a nnea l ed wire or wires of equiv a l ent strength.
(twel v e pieces a re required).
Pa ss one wire through two openings in wheel (top a nd
a dja cent hol e) a nd through sta ke pocket. Bring ends
of wire together a nd twist ta ut with rod or bol t to
remov e sl a ck.
218
I 'ftgs other wire through top a nd a dja cent hol e (opposite
step 1 a bov e) a nd through sta ke pocket. (Wires must
cross ea ch ether nea r center of wheel .) Bring ends of
wire together a nd twist ta ut with rod or bol t to re
mov e sl a ck.
(6) (two pieces a re required). Pa ss one
wire a round one side of tra il a nd through sta ke pocket. Bring
ends together a nd twist ta ut enough with rod or bol t to remov e
sl a ck. Repea t opera tion on other side of tra il .
(one required). Pa ss one wire
a round dra wba r a nd through sta ke pockets on ea ch side of ca r.
Bring ends together a nd twist ta ut with rod or bol t just enough
to remov e sl a ck.
(8) (fiv e required, 2 in. x 4 in. x 24 in. cl ea ts).
L oca te two cl ea ts on ea ch side of the l unette. Na il l ower cl ea ts to
ca r fl oor with four thirtypenny cement-coa ted na il s, a nd top cl ea t
to the l ower cl ea t a nd ca r fl oor with four thirtypenny cement-
eoa ted na il s. Center one cl ea t a bov e l unette ring a nd na il ea ch
end to the side cl ea ts with four thirtypenny cement-coa ted na il s.
4. Methods of Slinging 8-inch Howitzer and Carriage Ml
GENERA L . (1) These instructions prescribe procedures,
methods, a nd pra ctices to be fol l owed when uncra ted ma teriel is
hoisted in or out of v essel s, a nd describe the proper a tta chment
points for sl ings to permit the ma teriel to be hoisted in its norma l
tra v el ing position.
(2) I nsta l l cov ers suppl ied with ma teriel a nd securel y fa sten.
(3) I f opera tions embra ce deep wa ter fording, prepa re ma teriel
in a ccorda nce with TM 9-2853.
(4) F or methods in stev edoring, refer to TM 55-310.
6. SL I NG M ETHODS. (1)
Due to v a rying conditions encountered in the
fiel d, use a ny of the fol l owing procedures where a ppl ica bl e (see
fig. 132).
(a ) empl oys the fol l owing ma teria l s:
Ca bl e sl ings (2) (hea v y enough to support ma teriel )
Sha ckl es (4) (pl a ced between l ifting ca bl es a nd sl ings').
L ifting ca bl es (4).
L ifting hook (1).
5. Ca rgo runners (ca bl e running through hea d a nd heel
bl ock a nd fa stened to winch).
219
t
o
I
I
a
-
of
r

s

a
,
s
-
oE
-

i
[
S
P
R
E
A
D
E
R
S

J
4

X

6

I
N
C
H

\

,
/
|

L
E
N
G
T
H
y

'
A
S

R
E
Q
U
I
R
E
D
-
S
H
A
C
K
L
E
S
,

1
/
4
K

I
!

\
f
t
i

'

C
A
B
L
E

/
/
j
M
E
T
H
O
D

I
M
E
T
H
O
D

g
f
S
P
R
E
A
D
E
R
S
J
4

X

6

I
N
C
H
,

,
,

1

L
E
N
G
T
H

A
S

|
j
R
E
Q
U
I
R
E
D

i
f

[
L
I
F
T
I
N
G
\
H
O
O
K
C
A
B
L
E

,
S
L
I
N
G
S
W

'
'
R
A

P
D

9
6
0
3
5
Sprea ders (2) (4 in. x 6 in., l ength a s required). Use
sprea ders between ca bl ed t6 obta in a better ba l a nce
a nd to prov ide cl ea ra nce between Sl ings a nd ma teriel ,
prev enting da ma ge when hoisted* Sprea ders consist
of two pieces of oa k or other ha rdwood with open
ends a s shown in figure 132, Position on the ca bl es
l ea ding from the l ifting hook a t a point which wil l
prov ide cl ea ra nce between sl ings a nd ma teriel , (The
a ngl e of the ca bl e a bov e the sprea der must not exceed
45 degrees from the v ertica l .) Sl ings a re to be pl a ced
a round ma teriel a t the proper points of ba l a nce a nd
a tta ched to the sha ckl es on the l ifting ca bl es.
(6) requires specia l ca fe to see tha t proper cl ea ra nce
for fire control bra ckets, gea rs, a nd opera ting surfa ces is ma in
ta ined when ma teriel is hoisted cl ea r of ground. M ethod I I em
pl oys the fol l owing ma teria l s
Ca bl e sl ings (2) (hea v y enough to support ma teriel ).
Sha ckl es (4) (pl a ced between l ifting ca bl es a nd sl ings).
L ifting ca bl es (4).
L ifting hook (1).
Ca rgo runners (Ca bl e running through hea d a nd heel
bl ock a nd fa stened to winch).
(c) empl oys the fol l owing ma teria l s:
Ca bl e sl ings (2) (hea v y enough to support ma teriel ).
L ifting hook (1).
Ca rgo runners (ca bl e running through hea d a nd heel
bl ock a nd fa stened to winch).
Sprea ders (2) (4 in. x6 in., l ength a s required).
requires specia l ca re to see tha t proper cl ea r
a nce for fire control bra ckets, gea rs, a nd opera ting surfa ces is
ma inta ined when ma teriel is hoisted cl ea r of ground. M ethod I V
empl oys the fol l owing ma teria l s:
Ca bl e sl ings (2) (hea v y enough to support ma teriel ).
L ifting hook (1).
Ca rgo runners (ca bl e running through hea d a nd heel
bl ock a nd fa stened to winch).
(2)
Before a ttempt
ing to hoist ma teriel , exa mine hoisting ca bl es to determine their
condition. I f stra nds of ca bl e a re broken a t a ny point, substitute
a new ca bl e. Ca bl es tha t a re kinked a nd wil l not stra ighten out
without da ma ge be used.
(6) Under no circumsta nces must ma teriel be hoisted when it
l a found tha t a l l weight is ba l a nced on one sl ing (other sl ing
being l oose) L ower ma teriel to the ground a nd pl a ce sl ings in
the proper position.
(c) Do not pl a ce sl ings a fQund hOwitze'r tubes fdf hoisting
purposes.
Remov e a nd securel y stow a l l da ma gea bl e ihs'trumentS
Uch a s fire control equipment, gun sights, etc.
I f the underside of ma teriel ha s sha rp edges a t tH poiiitS
where sl ings a re pl a ced, insert dunna ge consisting of wood bl ocks^
sa cking, cl ea n cl oths, or simil a r ma teria l between the sl ings a nd
ma teriel in order to prev ent ca bl e stra nds from cutting or sl ipping
tfig; 133).
A tta bh gUy l ines to nia ter'igl be'fore l ifting. Guide ma teriel
during hoisting to prev ent da ma ge ca used by striking a ny nea rby
object or structure.
(3)
Deta ch one p.nd of ca bl e sl ings from sha ckl e's
on l ifting ca bl es.
Pl a ce deta ched end of one ca bl e sl ing under bogie between
the intermedia te a nd the rea r wheel s a cross width of ca rria ge,
a nd a tta ch to sha ckl e.
(c) Pl a ce deta ched end of other ca bl e sl l fl g' SF SUfid eenter of
tra il s a nd a tta ch to sha ckl e.
L oca te dunna ge a s described in step (2) a bov e.
A tta ch guy l ines (step (2) (/) a bov e), a nd hoist ma teriel
sl owl y, observ ing proper ba l a nce (step (2) a bov e).
222
SHACKLE BETWEEN)
LIFTING CABLES AND SLING
LIFTING CABLE
CABLE SLING SHOWN
UNDER BOGIE BETWEEN
INTERMEDIATE AND
REAR WHEELS
DUNNAGE
BOGIE-BOTTOM VIEW
(CRATE THOROUGHLY
^SECURED IN PLACE
'[WITH STEEL STRAPPING
DUNNAGE
CABLE SLING PLACED/,
AROUND CENTER OF TRAIL
TRAIL-BOTTOM VIEW
NOTE 1 - SUITABLE DUNNAGE WILL BE PLACED BETWEEN CABLE AND MATERIEL
2-ATTACH GUY IINES TO MATERIEL BEFORE LIFTING. GUIDE MATERIEL DURING HOISTING
TO PREVENT DAMAGE CAUSED BY STRIKING ANY NEARBY OBJ ECT OR STRUCTURE.
RA PD 1029S2
223
APPENDIX II
REF ERENCES
1. Publications Indexes
The fol l owing publ ica tions indexes shoul d be consul ted frequentl y
for l a test cha nges or rev isions of references giv en in this section
a nd for new publ ica tions rel a ting to ma teriel cov ered in this
ma nua l :
Ordna nce Suppl y Ca ta l og I ndex... .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 2
6. Ordna nce M a jor I tems a nd Combina tions, a nd Pertinent
Publ ica tions ........................................ SB 9-1
L ist a nd I ndex of Wa r Depa rtment Publ ica tions... F M 21-6
L ist of Wa r Depa rtment F il ms, F il m Strips, a nd
Recognition F il m Sl ides......................F M 21-7
M il ita ry Tra ining A ids........................F M 21-8
2. Standard Nomenclature Lists
A M M UNI TI ON.
A mmunition, fixed a nd semifixed, incl uding sub-
ca l iber, for pa ck, l ight a nd medium fiel d, a ircra ft,
ta nk, a nd a ntita nk a rtil l ery, incl uding compl ete
round da ta ................WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 11 SNL R-l
A mmunition instruction ma teria l for a ntia ircra ft,
ha rbor defense, hea v y fiel d, a nd ra il wa y a rtil l ery,
incl uding compl ete round da ta
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 11 SNL P-8
Cha rges, propel l ing, sepa ra te l oa ding, 6-in., 155-mm,
8-in. a nd 240-mm, for ha rbor defense, hea v y fiel d,
a nd ra il wa y a rtil l ery........ WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 11 SNL P-2
F uzes, primers, bl a nk a mmunition, a nd miscel l a
neous items for a ntia ircra ft, ha rbor defense, hea v y
fiel d, a nd ra il wa y a rtil l ery.. .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 11 SNL P-7
Projectil es, sepa ra te l oa ding, 6-in., 155-mm, 8-in.,
a nd 240-mm, for ha rbor defense, hea v y fiel d, a nd
ra il wa y a rtil l ery incl uding compl ete round da ta
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 11 SNL P-l
Serv ice fuzes a nd primers for pa ck, l ight a nd
medium fiel d, a ircra ft, ta nk, a nd a ntita nk a rtil
l ery ......................WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 11 SNL R-3
CL EA NI NG A ND PRESERV A TI ON.
Cl ea ning, preserv ing a nd l ubrica ting ma teria l s;
recoil fl uids, specia l oil s, a nd miscel l a neous rel a ted
items ..................... WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 3 SNL K -l
HOWI TZER M A TERI EL .
Gun, 37-mm, M 1916. .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL C-33, Sec. 13
Howitzer, 8-in., M 2; Ca rria ge, howitzer, 8-in., M l ;
L imber, ca rria ge, hea v y, M 5; M ount, howitzer,
8-in., M 17 (T20).........WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL D-29
M a jor items of hea v y fiel d a rtil l ery
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD 3 SNL D-l
M ount, subca l iber, 37-mm, M 10
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL D-41, Sec. 2
SI GHTI NG A ND F I RE CONTROL EQUI PM ENT.
Circl e, a iming, M l ........WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -160
L ight, a iming post a nd instrument
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -205
M ount, tel escope, M 18A 1 a nd M 75 (T122) a nd
M ount, qua dra nt, M l ... .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -180
M ount, tel escope, M 71.... .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -224
Post, a iming, M l ..........WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -35
Qua dra nt, el ev a tion, M l ... .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -204
Qua dra nt, gunner's, M l (mil s)
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -140
Qua dra nt, gunner's, M 1918 (mil s)
WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -13
Setter, fuze, M 23.........WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -293
Tel escope, B.C., M 1915A 1. .WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -9
Tel escope, M 69 type.......WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -235
Tel escope, pa nora mic, M 12.WD Suppl y Ca t ORD (*) SNL F -214
3. O ther Publications
A M M UNI TI ON.
A mmunition, Genera l ............................ TM 9-1900
A mmunition I nspection Guide.................... .TM 9-1904
A rtil l ery A mmunition ...........................TM 9-1901
Ba l l istic Da ta , Performa nce of A mmunition.........TM 9-1907
6. CA RE A ND SERV I CE.
Cl ea ning, Preserv ing, Sea l ing, L ubrica ting a nd Rel a ted
M a teria l s I ssued for Ordna nce M a teriel ...........TM 9-850
225
Serv ice of the Piece, 8-in. Howitzer, M l ........... F M 6-91
Serv ice of the Piece, Gun Howitzer M otor Ca rria ge
155-mm Gun or 8-inch Howitzer................F M 6-87
M A I NTENA NCE A ND REPA I R.
Ba sic M a intena nce M a nua l .......................TM 38-650
Deconta mina tion ...............................TM 3-220
Defense A ga inst Chemica l A tta ck................. F M 21-40
Ordna nce M a intena nce: 155-mm Guns M l a nd M 1A 1
a nd Ca rria ge M l ; 8-inch Howitzer M l a nd Ca rria ge
M l ; Hea v y Ca rria ge L imber M 2.................TM 9-1350
M I SCEL L A NEOUS.
155-mm Gun M otor Ca rria ge T83 a nd 8-inch Howitzer
M otor Ca rria ge T89........................... TM 9-747
Ca l iber .22 Rifl es, A l l Types.......................TM 9-280
Dictiona ry of United Sta tes A rmy Terms..........TM 20-205
Gunnery ........................................ F M 4-10
I nstruction Guide: Ordna nce Pa cka ging a nd Shipping
(Posts, Ca mps, a nd Sta tions)...................TM 9-2854
M a intena nce a nd Ca re of Pneuma tic Tires a nd Rub
ber Trea ds ..................................TM 31-200
Prepa ra tion of Ordna nce M a teriel for Deep Wa ter
F ording ........................ ............TM 9-2853
Prepa ra tion of Unboxed Ordna nce M a teriel for Ship
ment ........................................ SB 9-4
Protection of Ordna nce M a teriel in Open Stora ge. WD SB 9-47
U. S. Rifl e, Ca l . .30, M 1903A 4 (Sniper's) Cha ra cter
istics a nd Opera tion; a nd Use of Tel escopic Sight.. < TM 9-270
Stev edoring ...................................TM 55-310
SI GHTI NG A ND F I RE CONTROL EQUI PM ENT.
A uxil ia ry F ire-control I nstruments (F iel d Gl a sses,
Eyegl a sses, Tel escopes, a nd Wa tches)............TM 9-575
F iel d A rtil l ery F ire-control I nstruments............TM 6-220
Gra phica l F iring Ta bl e...........................TM 9-526
M eteorol ogy for A rtil l ery........................TM 20-240
4. F iring Tables
a . GUN, 37-M M , SUBCA L I BER, M 1916.
Shel l , fixed, pra ctice, M 63 (mod. 1).............F T 37-BA -2
Shel l , fixed, pra ctice, M 92 .....................F T 37-BJ -2
226
6. HOWI TZER, S-I N.^ M i OR M i,
Shel l , H.E., 200-l b., M 106 ........................F T 8-J -1
Shel l , H.E., 200-l b., M k. 1A 1 .....................F T 8-K -l
5. Army Regulations
Qua l ifica tion in A rms a nd A mmunition Tra ining A l
l owa nces ..................................... A R 775-10
Ra nge Regul a tions for F iring A mmunition for Tra in
ing a nd Ta rget Pra ctice........................A R 750-10
6. List of F orms
A rtil l ery Gun Book..........................0.0, F orm 5825
Unsa tisfa ctory Equipment Report..........WD A GO F orm 468
INDEX
A ccidents, fiel d report of..................... 2
A mmunition :
A uthorized rounds ...................... 96 150
Ca re, ha ndl ing, a nd preserv a tion.......... 95 148
Cl a ssifica tion ........................... 93 147
Demol ition ............................. 29 44
Description:
Howitzer a mmunition ............... 91 147
Subca l iber a mmunition .............. 100 166
F iring ta bl es ........................... 92 147
L ot number ............................ 94 148
Pa cking:
Howitzer a mmunition ............... 99 164
Subca l iber a mmunition .............. 100 166
Preca utions ............................ 95 148
Prepa ra tion for firing................... 97 158
Weight-zone ma rking ................... 94 148
A ntifreeze ................................. A pp. I 209
A rtil l ery Gun Book.......................... 2 1
A uxil ia ry equipment ........................ 90 147
A zimuth sca l e .............................. 104 171
Ba tteries .................................. 103 169
Bl owba ck .................................. 43 87
Bogie ...................................... 79 133
Cl ea ning ............................... 25,56 40,94
M a intena nce ........................... 39 76
Bore brush M 4, modifica tion.................. 33 47
Bore sighting:
A djustments ........................... 104,108 171,185
A l inement ............................. 109 187
Howitzer .......................... 109 187
Subca l iber gun ..................... 112 192
228
Bra kes:
A djustment ............................ 87 144
Col d wea ther ca re....................... 25 40
Description:
Bra ke system ...................... 86 140
Ca rria ge M l ....................... 14 23
F unctioning ............................ 86 143
L ubrica tion ............................ 36 72
M a intena nce ........................... 39,87 76,144
M a l functions ........................... 54 90
Breech a ssembl ies .......................... 35 71
Breech mecha nism:
A ssembl y .............................. 59 103
Description:
M echa nism ........................ 57 94
Opera tingl ev er ..................... 15 26
Disa ssembl y ........................... 58 98
M a intena nce ........................... 39,60 76,107
M a l functions ........................... 45 88
Opera tion (subca l iber) .................. 112 192
Prepa ra tionfor stora ge a nd shipment..... A pp. I 209
Remov a l (subca l iber) ................... 114 199
Repl a cing (subca l iber) 114 199
Breech ring, description...................... 55 92
Breechbl ock:
I nspection ............................. 60 107
I nsta l l a tionof a ssembl y a ndcontrol a rc.... 59 103
M a intena nce schedul es .................. 39 76
Remov a l of a ssembl y a nd control a rc...... 58 98
Ca rria ge:
Col d wea ther ca re....................... 25 40
Da ta (M l ) ............................. 6 12
L ubrica tion of surfa ces.................. 36 72
Stora ge a nd shipment.................... A pp. I 209
Tool s a nd equipment..................... 33 47
Cl ea ners a nd preserv a tiv es................... 31 46
229
Cl ea ning:
Before l ubrica tion ...................... 35 71
Before stora ge a nd shipment............. A pp. I 209
Cl utch l ev er ...................,,,,,,,,,,, H 17
Pqunterba ^a jipp a ssembl y;
pn, remov a l a nd. insta Ua tjon...,,, 67, 68, 69 116,117
......,.....,,.,.,....,,,, 39,70 76,117
Counterrecqil ............................... 71 117
Cra dl e Recoil mecha nism):
gescriBtJ on ............................ 71 117
L ubrica tion (sgb,zgr.fl ) ......,,,,,,,,,,,,, 36 72
Prpss l ev el .....,.,......,...,..,,...,...... 104 171
ga ta . ..:.,...:.....,,,,,,,.,,.............. 3 3
Bemel itien ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,......,........ 28,29 43,44
Description of howitzer ma teriel .............. 3 3
Differences in model s........................ 5 12
El ev a ting a rcs:
Col d wea ther ca re,...................... 25 40
L u^ric|tjo?i ............................ 36 72
El ev a ting mecha nisms:
Description:
Cl utch l ev er : , : ..................... 11 17
Bftfl dwhegl ,,,,.,,...,,.,........... 11 17
M echa nism ,.,,,,.,,,,.,,,.......... 75,76 130,131
M a intena nce ,.,....,...,.......,...,... 39,76 76,131
Equil ibra tors:
Description a nd ma intena nce............. 73, 74, 75 126,127,130
............................ 36 72
schedul es .................. 39 76
pressure ta bl e.................. 74 127
Rel iev ing nitrogen a ccumul a tion in hea d... ' 74 127
Remov ing a nd a dding nitrogen........... 74 127
Equipment Sighting a nd fire control
equipment; Subca l iber equipment; A uxil ia ry
equipment):
L ist of ................................. 33 47
Serv ice upon receipt of.................. 9,10 16,17
F ire control equipment. Sighting a nd fire
control equipment.)
F iring mecha nism (M l ):
Description ............................ 61 109
Disa ssembl y a nd a ssembl y................ 62,63 111,113
I nsta l l a tion ............................ 59 103
M a intena nce ........................... 39,60 76,107
M a l functions ........................... 42 87
Remov a l :
M echa nism M l ..................... 20 33
Sa fety pl unger housing a ssembl y...... 58 98
F iring ta bl es .............................. 92 147
F iring the howitzer ......................... 21 35
F irst echel on ma intena nce................... 39 76
F uze setter:
Description ............................ 106 178
Tests, a djustments, a nd use............... 106 178
F uzes:
Description ............................ 98 160
Prepa ra tion for firing.................... 97 158
Ga s check pa ds, Neoprene:
Cl ea ning a nd description................. 61 109
M a intena nce ........................... 39 7f
Reports ................................ 2 1
Gea r tra ins, l ubrica tion...................... 36 72
Gun M 1916 (subca l iber) :
Da ta .................................. 6 12
Description ............................ I l l 190
L ubrica tion ............................ 116 204
M a l functions ........................... 4254 87
M ounting a nd remov a l ................... 114 199
Gun mount M 10 (subca l iber)................. I l l 190
Ha ndwheel s ................................ 11 17
Hea d spa ce ................................. 59 103
231
Description:
Howitzer .......................... 35 3
Tra v el ing l ock ..................... 13 20
F iring ................................. 21 35
L oa ding ............................... 20 33
L ubrica tion ............................ 34 64
To pl a ce in firing position:
M ounted on ca rria ge M l ........... 18 27
M ounted on ca rria ge M 43 .......... 19 30
To pl a ce in tra v el ing position:
M ounted on ca rria ge M 43 ............ 23 40
M ounted on l imber M 5 .............. 22 35
Tool s a ,nd equipment..................... 33 '47
Hubs. Wheel s a nd hubs.)
I nstrument l ights:
M 12 .................................... 105 177
M 19 ................................... 104 171
M 33 ................................... 107 182
M 36 ................................... 108 185
I nstruments ................................ 17 26
L a nya rd ................................... 16 26
L ight, instrument. I nstrument l ights.)
L imber:
Da ta .................................. 6 12
Description, remov a l , a nd insta l l a tion..... 18,22,88,89 27,35,146
I nspection ............................. 22 35
I nsta l l a tion ............................ 22 35
Tool s a nd equipment..................... 33 47
L oa ding a nd bl ocking. Stora ge a nd ship
ment.)
L oa ding ra mmer hea d, modifica tion of........ 33 47
L ubrica tion:
A t high tempera tures.................... 36 72
Bel ow zero ............................. 36 72
Cl ea ning of pa rts........................ 35 71
F or sighting a nd fire control equipment.... 103 169
I n dust a nd moisture.................... 36 72
L ubrica tion guide for gun 1916........... 116 204
L ubrica tion order ...................... 34 64
Tempera ture ra nges, serv ice interv a l s, a nd
ca re of equipment..................... 35 71
M a intena nce:
Description of serv ices................... 37,38 74
I nstructions for ........................ 30,31 46
Schedul es:
F pr howitzer, ca rria ge, mount a nd
l imber ........................... 39,40 76,85
F or subca l iber ma teriel .............. 113 198
M a l functions a nd corrections................. 4254 87
M icrometer ................................ 104 171
M ount Qua dra nt mount; Tel escope
mounts):
Da ta :
M ount M 10 ......................... 6 12
M ount M 17 ......................... 6 12
Tool s a nd equipment (M 17).............. 33 47
Nitrogen ................................... 74 127
Obtura tor spindl e group:
Description ............................ 57 94
I nsta l l a tion ............................ 59 103
M a intena nce:
I nstructions ........................ 60 107
Schedul es .......................... 39 76
Remov a l ............................... 58 98
O i l guns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 8 2 0 5
O i l i nd e x :
Description ............................ 17 26
M a intena nce ........................... 72 120
Oil l ea ks .................................. 52 89
Oil , recoil ................................. 72 120
Opera tion under unusua l conditions .......... 2427 40
Opera tion under usua l conditions ............ 1823 27
Optica l pa rts, ma intena nce................... 103 169
233
Percussion mecha nism:
Description ............................ 61 109
Disa ssembl y a nd a ssembl y................ 64,65 113
Primer .................................... 61,97 109,158
Projectil e:
L oa ding into howitzer.................... 20 33
Pa cking da ta ........................... 99 164
Prepa ra tion for firing................... 97 158
Propel l ing cha rge:
L oa ding into howitzer.................... 20 33
Pa cking da ta ........................... 100 166
Prepa ra tion for firing................... 97 158
Qua dra nt mount M l ......................... 105 177
Recoil a ction:
Description ............................ 71 117
M a l functions ........................... 5052 89
Recoil cyl inder ............................. 72 120
Recoil indica tor ............................ 17 26
Recoil mecha nism:
Ca re a t l ow tempera tures,............... 25 40
Ca re of oil ............................. 72 120
Da ta .................................. 6 12
Description:
Gun M 1916 ........................ I l l 190
Howitzer .......................... 71 117
Disa ssembl y ........................... 114 199
Exercising ............................. 72 120
F il l ing:
Howitzer mecha nism ................ 72 120
Subca l iber mecha nism ............... 113 198
M a intena nce schedul es .................. 72,113 120,198
Recoil oil .................................. 72 120
Recoil oil guns ............................. 118 205
Records a nd reports......................... 2 1
Repl enisher:
Description ............................ 17 26
234
Pil l ing ................................ 72 12
M a l functions ........................... 53
90
Reports .................................... ?
!
Rifl e-bore cl ea ner ...................... 25,56;A pp.I 40,9,4,2Q9
Rifl es a nd rifl e a da pters...................... 110 189
Sca l es ..................................... 17
26
Second (orga niza tiona l ) echel on ma intena nce.. 40
?5
Seria l numbers ............................. 4
7
Setter, fuze. F uze setter.)
Sighting a nd fire control equipment:
A rra ngement a nd use.................... 102 168
Col d wea ther ca re (fire control ).......... 25
40
Da ta .................................. 6
12
M a intena nce ........................... 103 169
Soa p sol ution .............................. A pp. I 209
Spa re pa rts ................................ 32
46
Stora ge a nd shipment:
Bl ocking ma teriel on ra il roa d ca r......... A pp. I 214
Cl a ssifica tion of ma teriel ................. A pp. I
I nspections:
Before pl a cing ma teriel in stora ge.... A pp, I 209
Upon receipt of ma teriel ............. A pp. I 209
L oa ding on ra il roa d ca r................. A pp. I 814
M ethods of sl inging..................... A pp. I 219
Prepa ra tion of ma teriel .................. A pp. I 209
Remov a l from l imited stora ge............ A pp. I 209
Subca l iber equipment:
A mmunition ........................... 100,117 166,205
Bore sighting .......................... 112 192
Da ta .................................. 6
12
Description ............................ I l l
Disa ssembl y a nd a ssembl y................ 114 199
L ubrica tion ............................ 116 204
M a intena nce instructions ................ 115 203
M a intena nce schedul es .................. 113 198
M a l functions a nd corrections............. 115 203
Opera tion .............................. 112 192
Preca utions ............................ 112 192
Tool s a nd equipment..................... 118 205
Ta rget .................................... 109 187
Tel escope M 69G ............................ 107 182
Tel escope, el bow, M 16A 1G .................. 108 185
Tel escope, pa nora mic, M 12:
A djustment ............................ 104 171
Description ............................ 104,107 171,182
Setting up a nd tests..................... 107 182
Tel escope mounts:
Description:
M 18A 1 ............................ 104 171
M 71 ............................... 108 185
M 75 ............................... 107 182
Setting up:
M 18A 1 ............................ 104 171
M 71 ............................... 108 185
M 75 ............................... 107 18?
Tests a nd a djustments:
M 18A 1 ............................ 104 171
M 71 ............................... 108 185
M 75 ............................... 107 182
Tempera ture a djustment sca l e................ 17 26
Tires:
Col d wea ther ca re. ...................... 25 40
I nsta l l a tion ............................ 84 139
M a intena nce ........................... 39,85 76,140
Prepa ra tion for stora ge a nd shipment..... A pp. I 209
Remov a l ............................... 83 136
Tool s ...................................... 33 47
Tra v el ing l ocks ............................ 13 20
Tra v el ing position .......................... 22 35
Tra v ersing a rcs:
Col d wea ther ca re....................... 25 40
L ubrica tion ............................ 36 72
Tra v ersing mecha nism:
Description ............................ 13,77 20,131
M a intena nce ........................... 39,78 76,131
Tube, gun:
Description ............................ 55 92
M a intena nce ........................... 39,56 , 76,94
Prepa ra tion for stora ge a nd shipment..... A pp. I 209
Tube. Tires.)
Wa ter, hot ................................. 56 94
Wheel s a nd hubs:
A ssembl y .............................. 82 136
L ubrica tion of bea rings.................. 36 72
M a intena nce ........................... 81,85 136,140
Remov a l :
Tires a nd tubes..................... 82 136
Wheel s a nd hubs.................... 80 134
236 n^^^MHVt. * U' S' 60VERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : O1950